patch 8.2.4913: popup_hide() does not always have effect

Problem:    Popup_hide() does not always have effect.
Solution:   Add the POPF_HIDDEN_FORCE flag. (closes #10376)

.cirrus.yml

@@ -2,13 +2,20 @@ env:
   CIRRUS_CLONE_DEPTH: 3
   FEATURES: huge
 
-freebsd_12_task:
+freebsd_task:
+  name: FreeBSD
+  matrix:
+    - name: FreeBSD 13.1
+      freebsd_instance:
+        image_family: freebsd-13-1
+    - name: FreeBSD 12.3
+      freebsd_instance:
+        image_family: freebsd-12-3
   only_if: $CIRRUS_TAG == ''
   timeout_in: 20m
-  freebsd_instance:
-    image: freebsd-12-1-release-amd64
   install_script:
-    pkg install -y gettext
+    - pkg update -f
+    - pkg install -y gettext
   build_script:
     - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
     - ./configure --with-features=${FEATURES}

.codecov.yml

@@ -4,3 +4,9 @@ coverage:
     project:
       default:
         threshold: 0.05%
+
+# Files not run by tests
+ignore:
+  - "src/dosinst.c"
+  - "src/dosinst.h"
+  - "src/uninstall.c"

.github/CODEOWNERS

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 # So if a pull request only touches javascript files, only these owners
 # will be requested to review.
 
+runtime/autoload/freebasic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/autoload/getscript.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/autoload/netrw.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim	@cecamp
@@ -89,6 +90,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/gitsendemail.vim	@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/gprof.vim		@dpelle
 runtime/ftplugin/haml.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/ftplugin/i3config.vim		@hiqua
 runtime/ftplugin/indent.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/javascript.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/javascriptreact.vim	@dkearns
@@ -110,10 +112,12 @@ runtime/ftplugin/pbtxt.vim		@lakshayg
 runtime/ftplugin/pdf.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/ps1.vim		@heaths
 runtime/ftplugin/ps1xml.vim		@heaths
+runtime/ftplugin/qb64.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/routeros.vim		@zainin
 runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/sass.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/scss.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/solution.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim		@ignatenkobrain
 runtime/ftplugin/systemverilog.vim	@Kocha
 runtime/ftplugin/tcsh.vim		@dkearns
@@ -122,8 +126,11 @@ runtime/ftplugin/tmux.vim		@ericpruitt
 runtime/ftplugin/toml.vim		@averms
 runtime/ftplugin/typescript.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/typescriptreact.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/wget.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/wget2.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/xml.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/indent/basic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/bst.vim			@tpope
 runtime/indent/cdl.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/indent/clojure.vim		@axvr
@@ -138,6 +145,7 @@ runtime/indent/elm.vim			@andys8
 runtime/indent/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
 runtime/indent/eterm.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/framescript.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/indent/freebasic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
 runtime/indent/haml.vim			@tpope
 runtime/indent/idlang.vim		@dkearns
@@ -152,6 +160,7 @@ runtime/indent/occam.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/postscr.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/prolog.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/ps1.vim			@heaths
+runtime/indent/qb64.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/indent/readline.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/ruby.vim			@AndrewRadev @dkearns
 runtime/indent/sass.vim			@tpope
@@ -208,6 +217,7 @@ runtime/syntax/groff.vim		@jmarshall
 runtime/syntax/haml.vim			@tpope
 runtime/syntax/haskell.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/i3config.vim		@hiqua
 runtime/syntax/indent.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/kconfig.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/less.vim			@genoma
@@ -236,6 +246,7 @@ runtime/syntax/prolog.vim		@XVilka
 runtime/syntax/ps1.vim			@heaths
 runtime/syntax/ps1xml.vim		@heaths
 runtime/syntax/psl.vim			@danielkho
+runtime/syntax/qb64.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/rc.vim			@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/routeros.vim		@zainin
 runtime/syntax/rpcgen.vim		@cecamp
@@ -259,6 +270,7 @@ runtime/syntax/tmux.vim			@ericpruitt
 runtime/syntax/toml.vim			@averms
 runtime/syntax/vim.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/wget.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/wget2.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/xbl.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/xmath.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/xml.vim			@chrisbra

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.yml

@@ -8,6 +8,11 @@ body:
     attributes:
       value: |
         Thanks for reporting issues of Vim!
+
+        If you want to report a security issue, instead of reporting it here
+        you can alternatively disclose it on
+        [huntr.dev](https://huntr.dev/bounties/disclose/?utm_campaign=vim%2Fvim&utm_medium=social&utm_source=github&target=https%3A%2F%2Fgithub.com%2Fvim%2Fvim).
+        They have rewards in the form of money, swag and CVEs.
         
         To make it easier for us to help you please enter detailed information below.
   - type: textarea
@@ -26,18 +31,23 @@ body:
       placeholder: A clear and concise description of what you expected to happen.
     validations:
       required: true
-  - type: input
-    attributes:
-      label: Operating system
-      description: >
-        Your operating system name, version and desktop environment.
-    validations:
-      required: true
   - type: input
     attributes:
       label: Version of Vim
       description: >
-        The name of your development environment, version. [e.g. GNOME Terminal (v0.0.0000)]
+        Including patch level, use ":version" to see it [e.g. 8.2.1234]
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Environment
+      description: >
+        OS [e.g. Ubuntu 21.10], terminal [e.g. GNOME Terminal 3.38.1], value of $TERM, shell [e.g. bash 5.1.8]; anything that might matter
+      placeholder: |
+        Operating system:
+        Terminal:
+        Value of $TERM:
+        Shell:
     validations:
       required: true
   - type: textarea

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -5,6 +5,13 @@ on:
     branches: ['**']
   pull_request:
 
+# Cancels all previous workflow runs for pull requests that have not completed.
+concurrency:
+  # The concurrency group contains the workflow name and the branch name for
+  # pull requests or the commit hash for any other events.
+  group: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.event_name == 'pull_request' && github.head_ref || github.sha }}
+  cancel-in-progress: true
+
 jobs:
   linux:
     runs-on: ubuntu-18.04
@@ -14,6 +21,7 @@ jobs:
       TEST: test
       SRCDIR: ./src
       LEAK_CFLAGS: -DEXITFREE
+      CFLAGS: -Wno-error=deprecated-declarations
       LOG_DIR: ${{ github.workspace }}/logs
       TERM: xterm
       DISPLAY: ':99'
@@ -57,34 +65,49 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Install packages
         run: |
-          sudo apt update && sudo apt install -y \
-            autoconf \
-            lcov \
+          PKGS=( \
             gettext \
-            libcanberra-dev \
-            libperl-dev \
-            python-dev \
-            python3-dev \
-            liblua5.3-dev \
-            lua5.3 \
-            ruby-dev \
-            tcl-dev \
-            cscope \
             libgtk2.0-dev \
             desktop-file-utils \
             libtool-bin \
-            libsodium-dev
+          )
+          if ${{ matrix.features == 'huge' }}; then
+            PKGS+=( \
+              autoconf \
+              lcov \
+              libcanberra-dev \
+              libperl-dev \
+              python-dev \
+              python3-dev \
+              liblua5.3-dev \
+              lua5.3 \
+              ruby-dev \
+              tcl-dev \
+              cscope \
+              libsodium-dev \
+            )
+          fi
+          sudo apt update && sudo apt install -y "${PKGS[@]}"
 
-      - name: Install clang-11
+      - name: Install gcc-11
+        if:  matrix.compiler == 'gcc'
+        run: |
+          sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test
+          sudo apt install -y gcc-11
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/gcc gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --set gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11
+
+      - name: Install clang-14
         if: matrix.compiler == 'clang'
         run: |
           wget -O - https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key | sudo apt-key add -
           . /etc/lsb-release
-          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-11 main"
-          sudo apt-get install -y clang-11 llvm-11
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-11 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-11
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-11 100
+          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-14 main"
+          sudo apt install -y clang-14 llvm-14
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-14 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-14
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-14 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-14 100
 
       - name: Set up environment
         run: |
@@ -112,7 +135,6 @@ jobs:
             ;;
           esac
 
-          CFLAGS=""
           if ${{ matrix.coverage == true }}; then
             CFLAGS="$CFLAGS --coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH"
             echo "LDFLAGS=--coverage"
@@ -188,6 +210,10 @@ jobs:
           # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
           sed -i -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
           sed -i -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+          if [[ ${CC} = clang ]]; then
+            # Suppress some warnings produced by clang 12 and later.
+            sed -i -f ci/config.mk.clang-12.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+          fi
 
       - name: Build
         if: (!contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests'))
@@ -207,51 +233,57 @@ jobs:
           do_test() { sg audio "sg $(id -gn) '$*'"; }
           do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}
 
-      #      - name: Coveralls
-      #        if: matrix.coverage && success() && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
-      #        env:
-      #          COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN }}
-      #          COVERALLS_PARALLEL: true
-      #          TRAVIS_JOB_ID: ${{ github.run_id }}
-      #        run: |
-      #          sudo apt-get install -y python3-setuptools python3-wheel
-      #          sudo -H pip3 install pip -U
-      #          # needed for https support for coveralls building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
-      #          CC=gcc pip3 install --user cpp-coveralls pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
-      #          ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
+      # - name: Coveralls
+      #   if: matrix.coverage && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
+      #   env:
+      #     COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN }}
+      #     COVERALLS_PARALLEL: true
+      #     TRAVIS_JOB_ID: ${{ github.run_id }}
+      #   run: |
+      #     sudo apt-get install -y python3-setuptools python3-wheel
+      #     sudo -H pip3 install pip -U
+      #     # needed for https support for coveralls building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
+      #     CC=gcc pip3 install --user cpp-coveralls pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
+      #     ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
 
-      - name: Codecov
-        if: matrix.coverage && success()
+      - name: Generate gcov files
+        if: matrix.coverage
         run: |
           cd "${SRCDIR}"
-          bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash) -F "${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}"
+          find . -type f -name '*.gcno' -exec gcov -pb {} + || true
+
+      - name: Codecov
+        if: matrix.coverage
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.0
+        with:
+          flags: linux,${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}
 
       - name: ASan logs
         if: contains(matrix.extra, 'asan') && !cancelled()
         run: |
-          for f in $(grep -lR '#[[:digit:]]* *0x[[:digit:]a-fA-F]*' "${LOG_DIR}"); do
-            asan_symbolize-11 -l "$f"
+          for f in $(grep -lR '#[[:digit:]]* *0x[[:xdigit:]]*' "${LOG_DIR}"); do
+            asan_symbolize -l "$f"
             false # in order to fail a job
           done
 
-  #  coveralls:
-  #    runs-on: ubuntu-18.04
+  # coveralls:
+  #   runs-on: ubuntu-18.04
   #
-  #    needs: linux
-  #    if: always() && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
+  #   needs: linux
+  #   if: always() && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
   #
-  #    steps:
-  #      - name: Parallel finished
-  #        env:
-  #          COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN }}
-  #        run: |
-  #          curl -k "https://coveralls.io/webhook?repo_token=${COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN}" -d "payload[build_num]=${GITHUB_RUN_ID}&payload[status]=done"
+  #   steps:
+  #     - name: Parallel finished
+  #       env:
+  #         COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN }}
+  #       run: |
+  #         curl -k "https://coveralls.io/webhook?repo_token=${COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN}" -d "payload[build_num]=${GITHUB_RUN_ID}&payload[status]=done"
 
   macos:
     runs-on: macos-latest
 
     env:
-      CC: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
+      CC: clang
       TEST: test
       SRCDIR: ./src
       LEAK_CFLAGS: -DEXITFREE
@@ -260,13 +292,13 @@ jobs:
     strategy:
       fail-fast: false
       matrix:
-        features: [tiny, huge]
-        compiler: [clang, gcc]
+        features: [tiny, normal, huge]
 
     steps:
       - uses: actions/checkout@v2
 
       - name: Install packages
+        if: matrix.features == 'huge'
         env:
           HOMEBREW_NO_AUTO_UPDATE: 1
         run: |
@@ -282,6 +314,8 @@ jobs:
             echo "TEST=testtiny"
             echo "CONFOPT=--disable-gui"
             ;;
+          normal)
+            ;;
           huge)
             echo "CONFOPT=--enable-perlinterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
             ;;
@@ -296,6 +330,10 @@ jobs:
           sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
           # On macOS, the entity of gcc is clang.
           sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.clang.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+          # Suppress some warnings produced by clang 12 and later.
+          if clang --version | grep -qs 'Apple clang version \(1[3-9]\|[2-9]\)\.'; then
+            sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.clang-12.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+          fi
 
       - name: Build
         env:
@@ -315,24 +353,25 @@ jobs:
           make ${TEST}
 
   windows:
-    runs-on: windows-latest
+    runs-on: windows-2019
 
     env:
-      VCVARSALL: C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio\2019\Enterprise\VC\Auxiliary\Build\vcvarsall.bat
       # Interfaces
       # Lua
       LUA_VER: 54
       LUA_VER_DOT: '5.4'
-      LUA_RELEASE: 5.4.0
+      LUA_RELEASE: 5.4.2
       LUA32_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win32_dllw6_lib.zip
       LUA64_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win64_dllw6_lib.zip
       LUA_DIR: D:\Lua
+      # do not want \L to end up in pathdef.c and compiler complaining about unknown escape sequences \l
+      LUA_DIR_SLASH: D:/Lua
       # Python 2
       PYTHON_VER: 27
       PYTHON_VER_DOT: '2.7'
       # Python 3
-      PYTHON3_VER: 38
-      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.8'
+      PYTHON3_VER: 310
+      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.10'
       # Other dependencies
       # winpty
       WINPTY_URL: https://github.com/rprichard/winpty/releases/download/0.4.3/winpty-0.4.3-msvc2015.zip
@@ -363,6 +402,10 @@ jobs:
             msystem: MINGW32
             cygreg: registry32
             pyreg: "-32"
+          - toolchain: mingw
+            arch: x64
+            features: HUGE
+            coverage: yes
         exclude:
           - toolchain: msvc
             arch: x64
@@ -377,6 +420,7 @@ jobs:
         shell: bash
         run: |
           git config --global core.autocrlf input
+          echo "VCVARSALL=$(vswhere -products \* -latest -property installationPath)\\VC\\Auxiliary\\Build\\vcvarsall.bat" >> $GITHUB_ENV
           python_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON_VER_DOT}/InstallPath/@")
           python3_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON3_VER_DOT}${{ matrix.pyreg }}/InstallPath/@")
           echo "PYTHON_DIR=$python_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV
@@ -434,8 +478,7 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Copy src directory to src2
         shell: cmd
-        run: |
-          xcopy src src2\ /E > nul
+        run: xcopy src src2\ /E > nul
 
       - name: Build (MSVC)
         if: matrix.toolchain == 'msvc'
@@ -443,17 +486,15 @@ jobs:
         run: |
           call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
           cd src
-          :: Filter out the progress bar from the build log
-          sed -e "s/@<<$/@<< | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
           if "${{ matrix.features }}"=="HUGE" (
-            nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc2.mak ^
+            nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc.mak ^
               FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} ^
               GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes ^
               DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=%LUA_DIR% ^
               DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=%PYTHON_DIR% ^
               DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=%PYTHON3_DIR%
           ) else (
-            nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc2.mak ^
+            nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc.mak ^
               FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} ^
               GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes
           )
@@ -471,10 +512,10 @@ jobs:
             mingw32-make -f Make_ming.mak -j2 \
               FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} \
               GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes \
-              DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=${LUA_DIR} \
+              DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=${LUA_DIR_SLASH} \
               DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=${PYTHON_DIR} \
               DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=${PYTHON3_DIR} \
-              STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes
+              STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes COVERAGE=${{ matrix.coverage }}
           else
             mingw32-make -f Make_ming.mak -j2 \
               FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} \
@@ -482,6 +523,14 @@ jobs:
               STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes
           fi
 
+      - name: Check version
+        shell: cmd
+        run: |
+          PATH %LUA_DIR%;C:\msys64\${{ matrix.msystem }}\bin;%PATH%;%PYTHON3_DIR%
+          src\vim --version || exit 1
+          src\vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-1.vim -c quit
+          src\vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-2.vim -c quit
+
       #- name: Prepare Artifact
       #  shell: cmd
       #  run: |
@@ -495,27 +544,34 @@ jobs:
       #    name: vim${{ matrix.bits }}-${{ matrix.toolchain }}
       #    path: ./artifacts
 
-      - name: Test
+      - name: Copy gcov data files to src2
+        if: matrix.coverage
+        shell: msys2 {0}
+        run: find src -name '*.gcno' | tar -c -T - | tar -x -C src2 --strip-components 1
+
+      - name: Test and show the result of testing gVim
         shell: cmd
         timeout-minutes: 20
         run: |
           PATH %LUA_DIR%;C:\msys64\${{ matrix.msystem }}\bin;%PATH%;%PYTHON3_DIR%
           call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
-          cd src
-          echo.
-          echo %COL_GREEN%vim version:%COL_RESET%
-          .\vim --version || exit 1
 
-          echo %COL_GREEN%Start testing vim in background.%COL_RESET%
-          start cmd /c "cd ..\src2\testdir & nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim > nul & echo done>done.txt"
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Start testing Vim in background.%COL_RESET%
+          start cmd /c "cd src2\testdir & nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim > nul & echo done>done.txt"
 
-          echo %COL_GREEN%Test gvim:%COL_RESET%
-          cd testdir
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Test gVim:%COL_RESET%
+          cd src\testdir
           nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim || exit 1
-          cd ..
 
-          echo %COL_GREEN%Wait for vim tests to finish.%COL_RESET%
-          cd ..\src2\testdir
+      - name: Show the result of testing Vim
+        shell: cmd
+        timeout-minutes: 20
+        run: |
+          PATH %LUA_DIR%;C:\msys64\${{ matrix.msystem }}\bin;%PATH%;%PYTHON3_DIR%
+          call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
+
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Wait for Vim tests to finish.%COL_RESET%
+          cd src2\testdir
           :: Wait about 10 minutes.
           for /L %%i in (1,1,60) do (
             if exist done.txt goto exitloop
@@ -525,10 +581,35 @@ jobs:
           set timeout=1
           :exitloop
 
-          echo %COL_GREEN%Test results of vim:%COL_RESET%
+          echo %COL_GREEN%The result of testing Vim:%COL_RESET%
+          cd src2\testdir
           if exist messages type messages
           nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak report VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim || exit 1
+
           if "%timeout%"=="1" (
             echo %COL_RED%Timed out.%COL_RESET%
             exit 1
           )
+
+      - name: Generate gcov files
+        if: matrix.coverage
+        shell: msys2 {0}
+        run: |
+          cd src
+          find . -type f -name '*.gcno' -exec gcov -pb {} + || true
+          cd ../src2
+          find . -type f -name '*.gcno' -exec gcov -pb {} + || true
+
+      - name: Codecov (gVim)
+        if: matrix.coverage
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.0
+        with:
+          directory: src
+          flags: windows,${{ matrix.toolchain }}-${{ matrix.arch }}-${{ matrix.features }}-gui
+
+      - name: Codecov (Vim)
+        if: matrix.coverage
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.0
+        with:
+          directory: src2
+          flags: windows,${{ matrix.toolchain }}-${{ matrix.arch }}-${{ matrix.features }}

.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml

@@ -14,6 +14,13 @@ on:
   schedule:
     - cron: '0 18 * * 1'
 
+# Cancels all previous workflow runs for pull requests that have not completed.
+concurrency:
+  # The concurrency group contains the workflow name and the branch name for
+  # pull requests or the commit hash for any other events.
+  group: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.event_name == 'pull_request' && github.head_ref || github.sha }}
+  cancel-in-progress: true
+
 jobs:
   analyze:
     name: Analyze

.gitignore

@@ -96,5 +96,10 @@ src/shadow-*
 src/runtime
 src/pixmaps
 
-# other possible files build by tools
+# other files possibly created by tools
 src/cscope.out
+
+# Linter/language server files
+/.cache/clangd/
+/.ccls-cache/
+/compile_commands.json

Filelist

@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.gitattributes \
 		.github/CODEOWNERS \
 		.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.yml \
+		.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.md \
 		.github/workflows/ci.yml \
 		.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml \
 		.github/workflows/coverity.yml \
@@ -112,6 +113,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/nbdebug.h \
 		src/netbeans.c \
 		src/normal.c \
+		src/nv_cmdidxs.h \
+		src/nv_cmds.h \
 		src/ops.c \
 		src/option.c \
 		src/option.h \
@@ -159,8 +162,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
 		src/vim9.h \
+		src/vim9cmds.c \
 		src/vim9compile.c \
 		src/vim9execute.c \
+		src/vim9expr.c \
+		src/vim9instr.c \
 		src/vim9script.c \
 		src/vim9type.c \
 		src/viminfo.c \
@@ -192,7 +198,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test77a.ok \
-		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/testdir/test77a.com \
 		src/testdir/test_*.vim \
 		src/testdir/python2/*.py \
@@ -318,8 +323,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9cmds.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9compile.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9execute.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9expr.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9instr.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9script.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9type.pro \
 		src/proto/viminfo.pro \
@@ -436,10 +444,8 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/configure \
 		src/configure.ac \
 		src/create_cmdidxs.vim \
-		src/gui_at_fs.c \
-		src/gui_at_sb.c \
-		src/gui_at_sb.h \
-		src/gui_athena.c \
+		src/create_nvcmdidxs.c \
+		src/create_nvcmdidxs.vim \
 		src/gui_gtk.c \
 		src/gui_gtk_f.c \
 		src/gui_gtk_f.h \
@@ -464,7 +470,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/osdef1.h.in \
 		src/osdef2.h.in \
 		src/pathdef.sh \
-		src/proto/gui_athena.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_x11.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_gresources.pro \
@@ -490,7 +495,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 SRC_DOS_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_xim.c \
 		src/if_cscope.c \
-		src/if_cscope.h \
 		src/if_lua.c \
 		src/if_mzsch.c \
 		src/if_mzsch.h \
@@ -537,18 +541,14 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		tools/rename.bat \
 		src/bigvim.bat \
 		src/bigvim64.bat \
-		src/msvcsetup.bat \
 		src/msvc2008.bat \
 		src/msvc2010.bat \
 		src/msvc2015.bat \
 		src/msys32.bat \
 		src/msys64.bat \
-		src/dimm.idl \
 		src/dlldata.c \
 		src/dosinst.c \
 		src/dosinst.h \
-		src/glbl_ime.cpp \
-		src/glbl_ime.h \
 		src/gui_dwrite.cpp \
 		src/gui_dwrite.h \
 		src/gui_w32.c \
@@ -626,6 +626,7 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
 		src/xpm/x86/lib-vc14/libXpm.lib \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.a \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.lib \
+		runtime/bitmaps/vim.ico \
 		nsis/icons.zip \
 
 # source files for Amiga, DOS, etc. (also in the extra archive)
@@ -657,10 +658,7 @@ SRC_HAIKU =	\
 # source files for the Mac (also in the extra archive)
 SRC_MAC =	\
 		src/INSTALLmac.txt \
-		src/dehqx.py \
-		src/os_mac_rsrc/*.icns \
 		src/os_mac.h \
-		src/os_mac.rsr.hqx \
 		src/os_mac_conv.c \
 		src/os_macosx.m \
 		src/proto/os_mac_conv.pro \
@@ -698,7 +696,6 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		$(SRC_QNX) \
 		$(SRC_VMS) \
 		README_os390.txt \
-		src/infplist.xml \
 		src/link.390 \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \
@@ -725,6 +722,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/doc/xxd.1 \
 		runtime/ftoff.vim \
 		runtime/gvimrc_example.vim \
+		runtime/import/dist/vimhelp.vim \
 		runtime/macros/README.txt \
 		runtime/macros/editexisting.vim \
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/click.me \
@@ -998,6 +996,7 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/doc/*-tr.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-tr.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/lang/README.txt \
+		runtime/lang/Makefile \
 		runtime/lang/menu_*.vim \
 		runtime/keymap/README.txt \
 		runtime/keymap/*.vim \

ci/appveyor.bat

@@ -5,11 +5,9 @@ setlocal ENABLEDELAYEDEXPANSION
 cd %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%
 
 cd src
-:: Filter out the progress bar from the build log
-sed -e "s/@<<$/@<< | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
 
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit console Version"
-nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
+nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
     OLE=no GUI=no IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no ^
     FEATURES=%FEATURE%
 if not exist vim.exe (
@@ -21,13 +19,13 @@ if not exist vim.exe (
 :: GUI needs to be last, so that testing works
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit GUI Version"
 if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
-    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
+    nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
         OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no POSTSCRIPT=yes ^
         PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 ^
         PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35-x64 ^
         FEATURES=%FEATURE%
 ) ELSE (
-    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
+    nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
         OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no ^
         FEATURES=%FEATURE%
 )

ci/config.mk.clang-12.sed

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Clang 12 (or Apple clang 13) and later makes a warning '-Wcompound-token-split-by-macro' enable by default.
+/^PERL_CFLAGS_EXTRA[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=compound-token-split-by-macro/
+/^RUBY_CFLAGS_EXTRA[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=compound-token-split-by-macro/

ci/config.mk.clang.sed

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 /^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=missing-field-initializers/
-/^RUBY_CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unknown-attributes -Wno-error=ignored-attributes/
+/^RUBY_CFLAGS_EXTRA[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unknown-attributes -Wno-error=ignored-attributes/

ci/config.mk.sed

@@ -1,2 +1,3 @@
 /^CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wall -Wextra -Wshadow -Werror/
-/^PERL_CFLAGS[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unused-function/
+/^PERL_CFLAGS_EXTRA[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unused-function/
+/^RUBY_CFLAGS_EXTRA[[:blank:]]*=/s/$/ -Wno-error=unused-parameter/

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -347,6 +347,9 @@ Section "$(str_section_exe)" id_section_exe
 	File /oname=gvim.exe ${VIMSRC}\gvim_ole.exe
 !if /FileExists "${VIMSRC}\vim${BIT}.dll"
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vim${BIT}.dll
+!endif
+!if /FileExists "${VIMRT}\libsodium.dll"
+	File ${VIMRT}\libsodium.dll
 !endif
 	File /oname=install.exe ${VIMSRC}\installw32.exe
 	File /oname=uninstall.exe ${VIMSRC}\uninstallw32.exe
@@ -400,6 +403,12 @@ Section "$(str_section_exe)" id_section_exe
 	SetOutPath $0\autoload\xml
 	File ${VIMRT}\autoload\xml\*.*
 
+	SetOutPath $0\import\dist
+	File ${VIMRT}\import\dist\*.*
+
+	SetOutPath $0\bitmaps
+	File ${VIMSRC}\vim.ico
+
 	SetOutPath $0\syntax
 	File ${VIMRT}\syntax\*.*
 
@@ -1038,6 +1047,7 @@ Section "un.$(str_unsection_exe)" id_unsection_exe
 	RMDir /r $0\compiler
 	RMDir /r $0\doc
 	RMDir /r $0\ftplugin
+	RMDir /r $0\import
 	RMDir /r $0\indent
 	RMDir /r $0\macros
 	RMDir /r $0\pack

runtime/autoload/dist/script.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+vim9script
+
+# Vim function for detecting a filetype from the file contents.
+# Invoked from "scripts.vim" in 'runtimepath'
+#
+# Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+# Last Change:	2022 Feb 13
+
+export def DetectFiletype()
+  var line1 = getline(1)
+  if line1[0] == '#' && line1[1] == '!'
+    # File that starts with "#!".
+    DetectFromHashBang(line1)
+  else
+    # File does not start with "#!".
+    DetectFromText(line1)
+  endif
+enddef
+
+# Called for a script that has "#!" in the first line.
+def DetectFromHashBang(firstline: string)
+  var line1 = firstline
+
+  # Check for a line like "#!/usr/bin/env {options} bash".  Turn it into
+  # "#!/usr/bin/bash" to make matching easier.
+  # Recognize only a few {options} that are commonly used.
+  if line1 =~ '^#!\s*\S*\<env\s'
+    line1 = substitute(line1, '\S\+=\S\+', '', 'g')
+    line1 = substitute(line1, '\(-[iS]\|--ignore-environment\|--split-string\)', '', '')
+    line1 = substitute(line1, '\<env\s\+', '', '')
+  endif
+
+  # Get the program name.
+  # Only accept spaces in PC style paths: "#!c:/program files/perl [args]".
+  # If the word env is used, use the first word after the space:
+  # "#!/usr/bin/env perl [path/args]"
+  # If there is no path use the first word: "#!perl [path/args]".
+  # Otherwise get the last word after a slash: "#!/usr/bin/perl [path/args]".
+  var name: string
+  if line1 =~ '^#!\s*\a:[/\\]'
+    name = substitute(line1, '^#!.*[/\\]\(\i\+\).*', '\1', '')
+  elseif line1 =~ '^#!.*\<env\>'
+    name = substitute(line1, '^#!.*\<env\>\s\+\(\i\+\).*', '\1', '')
+  elseif line1 =~ '^#!\s*[^/\\ ]*\>\([^/\\]\|$\)'
+    name = substitute(line1, '^#!\s*\([^/\\ ]*\>\).*', '\1', '')
+  else
+    name = substitute(line1, '^#!\s*\S*[/\\]\(\i\+\).*', '\1', '')
+  endif
+
+  # tcl scripts may have #!/bin/sh in the first line and "exec wish" in the
+  # third line.  Suggested by Steven Atkinson.
+  if getline(3) =~ '^exec wish'
+    name = 'wish'
+  endif
+
+  # Bourne-like shell scripts: bash bash2 ksh ksh93 sh
+  if name =~ '^\(bash\d*\|\|ksh\d*\|sh\)\>'
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(line1)
+
+    # csh scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^csh\>'
+    if exists("g:filetype_csh")
+      call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell(g:filetype_csh)
+    else
+      call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("csh")
+    endif
+
+    # tcsh scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^tcsh\>'
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
+
+    # Z shell scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^zsh\>'
+    set ft=zsh
+
+    # TCL scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^\(tclsh\|wish\|expectk\|itclsh\|itkwish\)\>'
+    set ft=tcl
+
+    # Expect scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^expect\>'
+    set ft=expect
+
+    # Gnuplot scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^gnuplot\>'
+    set ft=gnuplot
+
+    # Makefiles
+  elseif name =~ 'make\>'
+    set ft=make
+
+    # Pike
+  elseif name =~ '^pike\%(\>\|[0-9]\)'
+    set ft=pike
+
+    # Lua
+  elseif name =~ 'lua'
+    set ft=lua
+
+    # Perl
+  elseif name =~ 'perl'
+    set ft=perl
+
+    # PHP
+  elseif name =~ 'php'
+    set ft=php
+
+    # Python
+  elseif name =~ 'python'
+    set ft=python
+
+    # Groovy
+  elseif name =~ '^groovy\>'
+    set ft=groovy
+
+    # Raku
+  elseif name =~ 'raku'
+    set ft=raku
+
+    # Ruby
+  elseif name =~ 'ruby'
+    set ft=ruby
+
+    # JavaScript
+  elseif name =~ 'node\(js\)\=\>\|js\>' || name =~ 'rhino\>'
+    set ft=javascript
+
+    # BC calculator
+  elseif name =~ '^bc\>'
+    set ft=bc
+
+    # sed
+  elseif name =~ 'sed\>'
+    set ft=sed
+
+    # OCaml-scripts
+  elseif name =~ 'ocaml'
+    set ft=ocaml
+
+    # Awk scripts; also finds "gawk"
+  elseif name =~ 'awk\>'
+    set ft=awk
+
+    # Website MetaLanguage
+  elseif name =~ 'wml'
+    set ft=wml
+
+    # Scheme scripts
+  elseif name =~ 'scheme'
+    set ft=scheme
+
+    # CFEngine scripts
+  elseif name =~ 'cfengine'
+    set ft=cfengine
+
+    # Erlang scripts
+  elseif name =~ 'escript'
+    set ft=erlang
+
+    # Haskell
+  elseif name =~ 'haskell'
+    set ft=haskell
+
+    # Scala
+  elseif name =~ 'scala\>'
+    set ft=scala
+
+    # Clojure
+  elseif name =~ 'clojure'
+    set ft=clojure
+
+    # Free Pascal
+  elseif name =~ 'instantfpc\>'
+    set ft=pascal
+
+    # Fennel
+  elseif name =~ 'fennel\>'
+    set ft=fennel
+
+    # MikroTik RouterOS script
+  elseif name =~ 'rsc\>'
+    set ft=routeros
+
+    # Fish shell
+  elseif name =~ 'fish\>'
+    set ft=fish
+
+    # Gforth
+  elseif name =~ 'gforth\>'
+    set ft=forth
+
+  endif
+enddef
+
+
+# Called for a script that does not have "#!" in the first line.
+def DetectFromText(line1: string)
+  var line2 = getline(2)
+  var line3 = getline(3)
+  var line4 = getline(4)
+  var line5 = getline(5)
+
+  # Bourne-like shell scripts: sh ksh bash bash2
+  if line1 =~ '^:$'
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(line1)
+
+  # Z shell scripts
+  elseif line1 =~ '^#compdef\>'
+      || line1 =~ '^#autoload\>'
+      || "\n" .. line1 .. "\n" .. line2 .. "\n" .. line3 ..
+	 "\n" .. line4 .. "\n" .. line5
+	 =~ '\n\s*emulate\s\+\%(-[LR]\s\+\)\=[ckz]\=sh\>'
+    set ft=zsh
+
+  # ELM Mail files
+  elseif line1 =~ '^From \([a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9\.=-]*\(@[^ ]*\)\=\|-\) .* \(19\|20\)\d\d$'
+    set ft=mail
+
+  # Mason
+  elseif line1 =~ '^<[%&].*>'
+    set ft=mason
+
+  # Vim scripts (must have '" vim' as the first line to trigger this)
+  elseif line1 =~ '^" *[vV]im$'
+    set ft=vim
+
+  # libcxx and libstdc++ standard library headers like "iostream" do not have
+  # an extension, recognize the Emacs file mode.
+  elseif line1 =~? '-\*-.*C++.*-\*-'
+    set ft=cpp
+
+  # MOO
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\*\* LambdaMOO Database, Format Version \%([1-3]\>\)\@!\d\+ \*\*$'
+    set ft=moo
+
+    # Diff file:
+    # - "diff" in first line (context diff)
+    # - "Only in " in first line
+    # - "--- " in first line and "+++ " in second line (unified diff).
+    # - "*** " in first line and "--- " in second line (context diff).
+    # - "# It was generated by makepatch " in the second line (makepatch diff).
+    # - "Index: <filename>" in the first line (CVS file)
+    # - "=== ", line of "=", "---", "+++ " (SVK diff)
+    # - "=== ", "--- ", "+++ " (bzr diff, common case)
+    # - "=== (removed|added|renamed|modified)" (bzr diff, alternative)
+    # - "# HG changeset patch" in first line (Mercurial export format)
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\(diff\>\|Only in \|\d\+\(,\d\+\)\=[cda]\d\+\>\|# It was generated by makepatch \|Index:\s\+\f\+\r\=$\|===== \f\+ \d\+\.\d\+ vs edited\|==== //\f\+#\d\+\|# HG changeset patch\)'
+	 || (line1 =~ '^--- ' && line2 =~ '^+++ ')
+	 || (line1 =~ '^\* looking for ' && line2 =~ '^\* comparing to ')
+	 || (line1 =~ '^\*\*\* ' && line2 =~ '^--- ')
+	 || (line1 =~ '^=== ' && ((line2 =~ '^=\{66\}' && line3 =~ '^--- ' && line4 =~ '^+++') || (line2 =~ '^--- ' && line3 =~ '^+++ ')))
+	 || (line1 =~ '^=== \(removed\|added\|renamed\|modified\)')
+    set ft=diff
+
+    # PostScript Files (must have %!PS as the first line, like a2ps output)
+  elseif line1 =~ '^%![ \t]*PS'
+    set ft=postscr
+
+    # M4 scripts: Guess there is a line that starts with "dnl".
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\s*dnl\>'
+	 || line2 =~ '^\s*dnl\>'
+	 || line3 =~ '^\s*dnl\>'
+	 || line4 =~ '^\s*dnl\>'
+	 || line5 =~ '^\s*dnl\>'
+    set ft=m4
+
+    # AmigaDos scripts
+  elseif $TERM == "amiga" && (line1 =~ "^;" || line1 =~? '^\.bra')
+    set ft=amiga
+
+    # SiCAD scripts (must have procn or procd as the first line to trigger this)
+  elseif line1 =~? '^ *proc[nd] *$'
+    set ft=sicad
+
+    # Purify log files start with "****  Purify"
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\*\*\*\*  Purify'
+    set ft=purifylog
+
+    # XML
+  elseif line1 =~ '<?\s*xml.*?>'
+    set ft=xml
+
+    # XHTML (e.g.: PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN")
+  elseif line1 =~ '\<DTD\s\+XHTML\s'
+    set ft=xhtml
+
+    # HTML (e.g.: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN")
+    # Avoid "doctype html", used by slim.
+  elseif line1 =~? '<!DOCTYPE\s\+html\>'
+    set ft=html
+
+    # PDF
+  elseif line1 =~ '^%PDF-'
+    set ft=pdf
+
+    # XXD output
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\x\{7}: \x\{2} \=\x\{2} \=\x\{2} \=\x\{2} '
+    set ft=xxd
+
+    # RCS/CVS log output
+  elseif line1 =~ '^RCS file:' || line2 =~ '^RCS file:'
+    set ft=rcslog
+
+    # CVS commit
+  elseif line2 =~ '^CVS:' || getline("$") =~ '^CVS: '
+    set ft=cvs
+
+    # Prescribe
+  elseif line1 =~ '^!R!'
+    set ft=prescribe
+
+    # Send-pr
+  elseif line1 =~ '^SEND-PR:'
+    set ft=sendpr
+
+    # SNNS files
+  elseif line1 =~ '^SNNS network definition file'
+    set ft=snnsnet
+  elseif line1 =~ '^SNNS pattern definition file'
+    set ft=snnspat
+  elseif line1 =~ '^SNNS result file'
+    set ft=snnsres
+
+    # Virata
+  elseif line1 =~ '^%.\{-}[Vv]irata'
+	 || line2 =~ '^%.\{-}[Vv]irata'
+	 || line3 =~ '^%.\{-}[Vv]irata'
+	 || line4 =~ '^%.\{-}[Vv]irata'
+	 || line5 =~ '^%.\{-}[Vv]irata'
+    set ft=virata
+
+    # Strace
+  elseif line1 =~ '[0-9:.]* *execve(' || line1 =~ '^__libc_start_main'
+    set ft=strace
+
+    # VSE JCL
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\* $$ JOB\>' || line1 =~ '^// *JOB\>'
+    set ft=vsejcl
+
+    # TAK and SINDA
+  elseif line4 =~ 'K & K  Associates' || line2 =~ 'TAK 2000'
+    set ft=takout
+  elseif line3 =~ 'S Y S T E M S   I M P R O V E D '
+    set ft=sindaout
+  elseif getline(6) =~ 'Run Date: '
+    set ft=takcmp
+  elseif getline(9) =~ 'Node    File  1'
+    set ft=sindacmp
+
+    # DNS zone files
+  elseif line1 .. line2 .. line3 .. line4 =~ '^; <<>> DiG [0-9.]\+.* <<>>\|$ORIGIN\|$TTL\|IN\s\+SOA'
+    set ft=bindzone
+
+    # BAAN
+  elseif line1 =~ '|\*\{1,80}' && line2 =~ 'VRC '
+	 || line2 =~ '|\*\{1,80}' && line3 =~ 'VRC '
+    set ft=baan
+
+    # Valgrind
+  elseif line1 =~ '^==\d\+== valgrind' || line3 =~ '^==\d\+== Using valgrind'
+    set ft=valgrind
+
+    # Go docs
+  elseif line1 =~ '^PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION$'
+    set ft=godoc
+
+    # Renderman Interface Bytestream
+  elseif line1 =~ '^##RenderMan'
+    set ft=rib
+
+    # Scheme scripts
+  elseif line1 =~ 'exec\s\+\S*scheme' || line2 =~ 'exec\s\+\S*scheme'
+    set ft=scheme
+
+    # Git output
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\(commit\|tree\|object\) \x\{40,\}\>\|^tag \S\+$'
+    set ft=git
+
+    # Gprof (gnu profiler)
+  elseif line1 == 'Flat profile:'
+	&& line2 == ''
+	&& line3 =~ '^Each sample counts as .* seconds.$'
+    set ft=gprof
+
+    # Erlang terms
+    # (See also: http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Choosing-Modes.html#Choosing-Modes)
+  elseif line1 =~? '-\*-.*erlang.*-\*-'
+    set ft=erlang
+
+    # YAML
+  elseif line1 =~ '^%YAML'
+    set ft=yaml
+
+    # MikroTik RouterOS script
+  elseif line1 =~ '^#.*by RouterOS.*$'
+    set ft=routeros
+
+    # Sed scripts
+    # #ncomment is allowed but most likely a false positive so require a space
+    # before any trailing comment text
+  elseif line1 =~ '^#n\%($\|\s\)'
+    set ft=sed
+
+  else
+    var lnum = 1
+    while getline(lnum) =~ "^? " && lnum < line("$")
+      lnum += 1
+    endwhile
+    if getline(lnum) =~ '^Index:\s\+\f\+$'
+      # CVS diff
+      set ft=diff
+
+      # locale input files: Formal Definitions of Cultural Conventions
+      # filename must be like en_US, fr_FR@euro or en_US.UTF-8
+    elseif expand("%") =~ '\a\a_\a\a\($\|[.@]\)\|i18n$\|POSIX$\|translit_'
+      lnum = 1
+      while lnum < 100 && lnum < line("$")
+	if getline(lnum) =~ '^LC_\(IDENTIFICATION\|CTYPE\|COLLATE\|MONETARY\|NUMERIC\|TIME\|MESSAGES\|PAPER\|TELEPHONE\|MEASUREMENT\|NAME\|ADDRESS\)$'
+	  setf fdcc
+	  break
+	endif
+	lnum += 1
+      endwhile
+    endif
+  endif
+enddef

runtime/autoload/freebasic.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	FreeBASIC
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2021 Mar 16
+
+" Dialects can be one of fb, qb, fblite, or deprecated
+" Precedence is forcelang > #lang > lang
+function! freebasic#GetDialect() abort
+  if exists("g:freebasic_forcelang")
+    return g:freebasic_forcelang
+  endif
+
+  if exists("g:freebasic_lang")
+    let dialect = g:freebasic_lang
+  else
+    let dialect = "fb"
+  endif
+
+  " override with #lang directive or metacommand
+
+  let skip = "has('syntax_items') && synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name') =~ 'Comment$'"
+  let pat = '\c^\s*\%(#\s*lang\s\+\|''\s*$lang\s*:\s*\)"\([^"]*\)"'
+
+  let save_cursor = getcurpos()
+  call cursor(1, 1)
+  let lnum = search(pat, 'n', '', '', skip)
+  call setpos('.', save_cursor)
+
+  if lnum
+    let word = matchlist(getline(lnum), pat)[1]
+    if word =~? '\%(fb\|deprecated\|fblite\|qb\)'
+      let dialect = word
+    else
+      echomsg "freebasic#GetDialect: Invalid lang, found '" .. word .. "' at line " .. lnum .. " " .. getline(lnum)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return dialect
+endfunction
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet fdm=marker:

runtime/autoload/python3complete.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Maintainer: <vacancy>
 " Previous Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.9
-" Last Updated: 2020 Oct 9
+" Last Updated: 2022 Mar 30
 "
 " Roland Puntaier: this file contains adaptations for python3 and is parallel to pythoncomplete.vim
 "
@@ -91,6 +91,9 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:DefPython()
 py3 << PYTHONEOF
+import warnings
+warnings.simplefilter(action='ignore', category=FutureWarning)
+
 import sys, tokenize, io, types
 from token import NAME, DEDENT, NEWLINE, STRING
 

runtime/colors/lists/default.vim

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 " Maintainer:  Drew Vogel <dvogel@sidejump.org>
-" Last Change: 2021 Jul 25
+" Last Change: 2022 Mar 20
 "
 " Replaced rgb.txt as the source of de facto standard color names. This is
 " sourced each time the colorscheme command is run. It is also sourced each
@@ -430,6 +430,8 @@ call extend(v:colornames, {
 			\ 'yellow2': '#eeee00',
 			\ 'yellow3': '#cdcd00',
 			\ 'yellow4': '#8b8b00',
+			\ 'dark yellow': '#8b8b00',
+			\ 'darkyellow': '#8b8b00',
 			\ 'gold1': '#ffd700',
 			\ 'gold2': '#eec900',
 			\ 'gold3': '#cdad00',
@@ -506,6 +508,8 @@ call extend(v:colornames, {
 			\ 'orangered2': '#ee4000',
 			\ 'orangered3': '#cd3700',
 			\ 'orangered4': '#8b2500',
+			\ 'light red': '#ff8b8b',
+			\ 'lightred': '#ff8b8b',
 			\ 'red1': '#ff0000',
 			\ 'red2': '#ee0000',
 			\ 'red3': '#cd0000',
@@ -538,6 +542,8 @@ call extend(v:colornames, {
 			\ 'violetred2': '#ee3a8c',
 			\ 'violetred3': '#cd3278',
 			\ 'violetred4': '#8b2252',
+			\ 'light magenta': '#ff8bff',
+			\ 'lightmagenta': '#ff8bff',
 			\ 'magenta1': '#ff00ff',
 			\ 'magenta2': '#ee00ee',
 			\ 'magenta3': '#cd00cd',

runtime/colors/tools/check_colors.vim

@@ -226,7 +226,13 @@ fu! Result(err)
   endif
 endfu
 
-call Test_check_colors()
-
-let &cpo = s:save_cpo
-unlet s:save_cpo
+try
+  call Test_check_colors()
+catch
+  echohl ErrorMsg
+  echomsg v:exception
+  echohl NONE
+finally
+  let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+  unlet s:save_cpo
+endtry

runtime/compiler/jest.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	Jest
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2018 May 15
+" Last Change:	2021 Nov 20
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -15,12 +15,14 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ jest\ --no-colors
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ --no-install\ jest\ --no-colors
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=jest\ --no-colors
-CompilerSet errorformat=%E\ \ ●\ %m,
+CompilerSet errorformat=%-A\ \ ●\ Console,
+		       \%E\ \ ●\ %m,
 		       \%Z\ %\\{4}%.%#Error:\ %f:\ %m\ (%l:%c):%\\=,
 		       \%Z\ %\\{6}at\ %\\S%#\ (%f:%l:%c),
+		       \%Z\ %\\{6}at\ %\\S%#\ %f:%l:%c,
 		       \%+C\ %\\{4}%\\w%.%#,
 		       \%+C\ %\\{4}%[-+]%.%#,
 		       \%-C%.%#,

runtime/compiler/sml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SML/NJ Compiler
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2020 Feb 10
+" Last Change:	2022 Feb 09
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=sml
-CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l.%c-%\\d%\\+.%\\d%\\+\ %trror:\ %m,
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l.%c-%e.%k\ %trror:\ %m,
 		       \%f:%l.%c\ %trror:\ %m,
-		       \%trror:\ %m
-		       \%f:%l.%c-%\\d%\\+.%\\d%\\+\ %tarning:\ %m,
+		       \%trror:\ %m,
+		       \%f:%l.%c-%e.%k\ %tarning:\ %m,
 		       \%f:%l.%c\ %tarning:\ %m,
 		       \%tarning:\ %m,
 		       \%-G%.%#

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2021 Nov 17
+" Last change:	2022 Mar 03
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -64,9 +64,10 @@ if has('win32')
   set guioptions-=t
 endif
 
-" Don't use Ex mode, use Q for formatting.
+" Don't use Q for Ex mode, use it for formatting.  Except for Select mode.
 " Revert with ":unmap Q".
 map Q gq
+sunmap Q
 
 " CTRL-U in insert mode deletes a lot.  Use CTRL-G u to first break undo,
 " so that you can undo CTRL-U after inserting a line break.

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ include ../../src/auto/config.mk
 DOCS = \
 	arabic.txt \
 	autocmd.txt \
+	builtin.txt \
 	change.txt \
 	channel.txt \
 	cmdline.txt \
@@ -152,6 +153,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version6.txt \
 	version7.txt \
 	version8.txt \
+	version9.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
 	vim9.txt \
 	visual.txt \
@@ -161,6 +163,7 @@ DOCS = \
 HTMLS = \
 	arabic.html \
 	autocmd.html \
+	builtin.html \
 	change.html \
 	channel.html \
 	cmdline.html \
@@ -296,6 +299,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	version6.html \
 	version7.html \
 	version8.html \
+	version9.html \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
 	vim9.html \

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 20
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 2. Defining autocommands				*autocmd-define*
 
 							*:au* *:autocmd*
-:au[tocmd] [group] {event} {pat} [++once] [++nested] {cmd}
+:au[tocmd] [group] {event} {aupat} [++once] [++nested] {cmd}
 			Add {cmd} to the list of commands that Vim will
 			execute automatically on {event} for a file matching
-			{pat} |autocmd-patterns|.
+			{aupat} |autocmd-patterns|.
 			Here {event} cannot be "*".  *E1155*
 			Note: A quote character is seen as argument to the
 			:autocmd and won't start a comment.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 			they were given.
 			See |autocmd-nested| for [++nested].  "nested"
 			(without the ++) can also be used, for backwards
-			compatibility.
+			compatibility, but not in |Vim9| script. *E1078*
 							*autocmd-once*
 			If [++once] is supplied the command is executed once,
 			then removed ("one shot").
@@ -95,6 +95,7 @@ Or use `:execute`: >
 	:augroup mine | exe "au! BufRead *" | augroup END
 	:augroup mine | exe "au BufRead * set tw=70" | augroup END
 
+<							*autocmd-expand*
 Note that special characters (e.g., "%", "<cword>") in the ":autocmd"
 arguments are not expanded when the autocommand is defined.  These will be
 expanded when the Event is recognized, and the {cmd} is executed.  The only
@@ -145,19 +146,19 @@ prompt.  When one command outputs two messages this can happen anyway.
 ==============================================================================
 3. Removing autocommands				*autocmd-remove*
 
-:au[tocmd]! [group] {event} {pat} [++once] [++nested] {cmd}
+:au[tocmd]! [group] {event} {aupat} [++once] [++nested] {cmd}
 			Remove all autocommands associated with {event} and
-			{pat}, and add the command {cmd}.
+			{aupat}, and add the command {cmd}.
 			See |autocmd-once| for [++once].
 			See |autocmd-nested| for [++nested].
 
-:au[tocmd]! [group] {event} {pat}
+:au[tocmd]! [group] {event} {aupat}
 			Remove all autocommands associated with {event} and
-			{pat}.
+			{aupat}.
 
-:au[tocmd]! [group] * {pat}
-			Remove all autocommands associated with {pat} for all
-			events.
+:au[tocmd]! [group] * {aupat}
+			Remove all autocommands associated with {aupat} for
+			all events.
 
 :au[tocmd]! [group] {event}
 			Remove ALL autocommands for {event}.
@@ -177,12 +178,12 @@ with ":augroup"); otherwise, Vim uses the group defined with [group].
 ==============================================================================
 4. Listing autocommands					*autocmd-list*
 
-:au[tocmd] [group] {event} {pat}
+:au[tocmd] [group] {event} {aupat}
 			Show the autocommands associated with {event} and
-			{pat}.
+			{aupat}.
 
-:au[tocmd] [group] * {pat}
-			Show the autocommands associated with {pat} for all
+:au[tocmd] [group] * {aupat}
+			Show the autocommands associated with {aupat} for all
 			events.
 
 :au[tocmd] [group] {event}
@@ -326,6 +327,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |FileChangedRO|		before making the first change to a read-only file
 
 |DiffUpdated|		after diffs have been updated
+|DirChangedPre|		before the working directory will change
 |DirChanged|		after the working directory has changed
 
 |ShellCmdPost|		after executing a shell command
@@ -364,6 +366,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |InsertEnter|		starting Insert mode
 |InsertChange|		when typing <Insert> while in Insert or Replace mode
 |InsertLeave|		when leaving Insert mode
+|InsertLeavePre| 	just before leaving Insert mode
 |InsertCharPre|		when a character was typed in Insert mode, before
 			inserting it
 
@@ -400,6 +403,8 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"
 |SigUSR1|		after the SIGUSR1 signal has been detected
 
+|WinScrolled|		after scrolling or resizing a window
+
 
 The alphabetical list of autocommand events:		*autocmd-events-abc*
 
@@ -469,13 +474,15 @@ BufRead or BufReadPost		When starting to edit a new buffer, after
 				executing the modelines.  See |BufWinEnter|
 				for when you need to do something after
 				processing the modelines.
-				This does NOT work for ":r file".  Not used
-				when the file doesn't exist.  Also used after
-				successfully recovering a file.
-				Also triggered for the filetypedetect group
-				when executing ":filetype detect" and when
-				writing an unnamed buffer in a way that the
-				buffer gets a name.
+				Also triggered:
+				- when writing an unnamed buffer in a way that
+				  the buffer gets a name
+				- after successfully recovering a file
+				- for the filetypedetect group when executing
+				  ":filetype detect"
+				Not triggered:
+				- for the `:read file` command
+				- when the file doesn't exist
 							*BufReadCmd*
 BufReadCmd			Before starting to edit a new buffer.  Should
 				read the file into the buffer. |Cmd-event|
@@ -688,9 +695,9 @@ CursorHoldI			Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
 CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
 				mode.  Also when the text of the cursor line
 				has been changed, e.g., with "x", "rx" or "p".
-				Not triggered when there is typeahead, while
-				executing commands in a script file, when
-				an operator is pending or when moving to
+				Not always triggered when there is typeahead,
+				while executing commands in a script file,
+				when an operator is pending or when moving to
 				another window while remaining at the same
 				cursor position.
 				For an example see |match-parens|.
@@ -703,9 +710,38 @@ CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
 CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
 				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
 				Otherwise the same as CursorMoved.
+							*DiffUpdated*
+DiffUpdated			After diffs have been updated.  Depending on
+				what kind of diff is being used (internal or
+				external) this can be triggered on every
+				change or when doing |:diffupdate|.
+							*DirChangedPre*
+DirChangedPre			The working directory is going to be changed,
+				as with |DirChanged|.  The pattern is like
+				with |DirChanged|.  The new directory can be
+				found in v:event.directory.
+							*DirChanged*
+DirChanged			The working directory has changed in response
+				to the |:cd| or |:tcd| or |:lcd| commands, or
+				as a result of the 'autochdir' option.
+				The pattern can be:
+					"window"  to trigger on `:lcd`
+					"tabpage" to trigger on `:tcd`
+					"global"  to trigger on `:cd`
+					"auto"    to trigger on 'autochdir'.
+					"drop"	  to trigger on editing a file
+				<afile> is set to the new directory name.
 							*EncodingChanged*
 EncodingChanged			Fires off after the 'encoding' option has been
 				changed.  Useful to set up fonts, for example.
+							*ExitPre*
+ExitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` in a way it makes
+				Vim exit, or using `:qall`, just after
+				|QuitPre|.  Can be used to close any
+				non-essential window.  Exiting may still be
+				cancelled if there is a modified buffer that
+				isn't automatically saved, use |VimLeavePre|
+				for really exiting.
 							*FileAppendCmd*
 FileAppendCmd			Before appending to a file.  Should do the
 				appending to the file.  Use the '[ and ']
@@ -733,30 +769,6 @@ FileChangedRO			Before making the first change to a read-only
 							*E881*
 				If the number of lines changes saving for undo
 				may fail and the change will be aborted.
-							*DiffUpdated*
-DiffUpdated			After diffs have been updated.  Depending on
-				what kind of diff is being used (internal or
-				external) this can be triggered on every
-				change or when doing |:diffupdate|.
-							*DirChanged*
-DirChanged			The working directory has changed in response
-				to the |:cd| or |:tcd| or |:lcd| commands, or
-				as a result of the 'autochdir' option.
-				The pattern can be:
-					"window"  to trigger on `:lcd`
-					"tabpage" to trigger on `:tcd`
-					"global"  to trigger on `:cd`
-					"auto"    to trigger on 'autochdir'.
-					"drop"	  to trigger on editing a file
-				<afile> is set to the new directory name.
-							*ExitPre*
-ExitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` in a way it makes
-				Vim exit, or using `:qall`, just after
-				|QuitPre|.  Can be used to close any
-				non-essential window.  Exiting may still be
-				cancelled if there is a modified buffer that
-				isn't automatically saved, use |VimLeavePre|
-				for really exiting.
 							*FileChangedShell*
 FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				a file has changed since editing started.
@@ -1196,6 +1208,9 @@ TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				current buffer.  The following values of
 				|v:event| can be used to determine the operation
 				that triggered this autocmd:
+				   inclusive	TRUE if the motion is
+						|inclusive| else the motion is
+						|exclusive|.
 				   operator	The operation performed.
 				   regcontents	Text that was stored in the
 						register, as a list of lines,
@@ -1211,7 +1226,7 @@ TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				Not triggered when |quote_| is used nor when
 				called recursively.
 				It is not allowed to change the buffer text,
-				see |textlock|.
+				see |textlock|. *E1064*
 				{only when compiled with the +eval feature}
 
 							*User*
@@ -1221,7 +1236,13 @@ User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				Note that when `:doautocmd User MyEvent` is
 				used while there are no matching autocommands,
 				you will get an error.  If you don't want
-				that, define a dummy autocommand yourself.
+				that, either check whether an autocommand is
+				defined using `exists('#User#MyEvent')` or
+				define a dummy autocommand yourself.
+				Example: >
+				    if exists('#User#MyEvent')
+					doautocmd User MyEvent
+				    endif
 
 							*SigUSR1*
 SigUSR1				After the SIGUSR1 signal has been detected.
@@ -1279,8 +1300,8 @@ VimResume			When the Vim instance is resumed after being
 	:autocmd VimResume * checktime
 <							*VimSuspend*
 VimSuspend			When the Vim instance is suspended.  Only when
-				CTRL-Z was typed inside Vim, not when the
-				SIGSTOP or SIGTSTP signal was sent to Vim.
+				CTRL-Z was typed inside Vim, or when the SIGTSTP
+				signal was sent to Vim, but not for SIGSTOP.
 							*WinClosed*
 WinClosed			After closing a window.  The pattern is
 				matched against the |window-ID|.  Both
@@ -1310,17 +1331,30 @@ WinNew				When a new window was created.  Not done for
 				the first window, when Vim has just started.
 				Before a WinEnter event.
 
-==============================================================================
-6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{pat}*
+							*WinScrolled*
+WinScrolled			After scrolling the content of a window or
+				resizing a window.
+				The pattern is matched against the
+				|window-ID|.  Both <amatch> and <afile> are
+				set to the |window-ID|.
+				Non-recursive (the event cannot trigger
+				itself).  However, if the command causes the
+				window to scroll or change size another
+				WinScrolled event will be triggered later.
+				Does not trigger when the command is added,
+				only after the first scroll or resize.
 
-The {pat} argument can be a comma separated list.  This works as if the
-command was given with each pattern separately.  Thus this command: >
+==============================================================================
+6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{aupat}*
+
+The {aupat} argument of `:autocmd` can be a comma-separated list.  This works as
+if the command was given with each pattern separately.  Thus this command: >
 	:autocmd BufRead *.txt,*.info set et
 Is equivalent to: >
 	:autocmd BufRead *.txt set et
 	:autocmd BufRead *.info set et
 
-The file pattern {pat} is tested for a match against the file name in one of
+The file pattern {aupat} is tested for a match against the file name in one of
 two ways:
 1. When there is no '/' in the pattern, Vim checks for a match against only
    the tail part of the file name (without its leading directory path).
@@ -1633,7 +1667,7 @@ Examples for reading and writing compressed files: >
   :  autocmd BufReadPre,FileReadPre	*.gz set bin
   :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz '[,']!gunzip
   :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz set nobin
-  :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz execute ":doautocmd BufReadPost " . expand("%:r")
+  :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz execute ":doautocmd BufReadPost " .. expand("%:r")
   :  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.gz !mv <afile> <afile>:r
   :  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.gz !gzip <afile>:r
 
@@ -1732,7 +1766,7 @@ To insert the current date and time in a *.html file when writing it: >
   :  else
   :    let l = line("$")
   :  endif
-  :  exe "1," . l . "g/Last modified: /s/Last modified: .*/Last modified: " .
+  :  exe "1," .. l .. "g/Last modified: /s/Last modified: .*/Last modified: " ..
   :  \ strftime("%Y %b %d")
   :endfun
 

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jun 23
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 May 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -259,6 +259,9 @@ Or use "caw" (see |aw|).
 			line.
 			Adding [!] toggles 'autoindent' for the time this
 			command is executed.
+			This command is not supported in |Vim9| script,
+			because it is too easily confused with a variable
+			name.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Simple changes					*simple-change*
@@ -611,9 +614,10 @@ attack or other people reading your file).  When Vim exits the directory and
 all files in it are deleted.  When Vim has the setuid bit set this may cause
 problems, the temp file is owned by the setuid user but the filter command
 probably runs as the original user.
-On MS-Windows the first of these directories that works is used: $TMP,
-$TEMP, c:\TMP, c:\TEMP.
-For Unix the list of directories is: $TMPDIR, /tmp, current-dir, $HOME.
+Directory for temporary files is created in the first of these directories
+that works:
+	Unix:    $TMPDIR, /tmp, current-dir, $HOME.
+	Windows: $TMP, $TEMP, c:\TMP, c:\TEMP
 For MS-Windows the GetTempFileName() system function is used.
 For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 
@@ -775,11 +779,11 @@ matched pattern is deleted.  The separator after {pattern} can also be left
 out then.  Example: >
 	:%s/TESTING
 This deletes "TESTING" from all lines, but only one per line.
-
-For compatibility with Vi these two exceptions are allowed:
+								*E1270*
+For compatibility with Vi these two exceptions are allowed in legacy script:
 "\/{string}/" and "\?{string}?" do the same as "//{string}/r".
 "\&{string}&" does the same as "//{string}/".
-						*pattern-delimiter* *E146*
+				*pattern-delimiter* *E146* *E1241* *E1242*
 Instead of the '/' which surrounds the pattern and replacement string, you can
 use another single-byte character.  This is useful if you want to include a
 '/' in the search pattern or replacement string.  Example: >
@@ -943,7 +947,7 @@ Consider using a character like "@" or ":".  There is no problem if the result
 of the expression contains the separation character.
 
 Examples: >
-	:s@\n@\="\r" . expand("$HOME") . "\r"@
+	:s@\n@\="\r" .. expand("$HOME") .. "\r"@
 This replaces an end-of-line with a new line containing the value of $HOME. >
 
 	s/E/\="\<Char-0x20ac>"/g
@@ -1073,7 +1077,7 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			in [range] (default: current line |cmdline-ranges|),
 			[into register x].
 
-							*p* *put* *E353*
+						*p* *put* *E353* *E1240*
 ["x]p			Put the text [from register x] after the cursor
 			[count] times.
 
@@ -1120,7 +1124,7 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			the command.  You need to escape the '|' and '"'
 			characters to prevent them from terminating the
 			command.  Example: >
-				:put ='path' . \",/test\"
+				:put ='path' .. \",/test\"
 <			If there is no expression after '=', Vim uses the
 			previous expression.  You can see it with ":dis =".
 
@@ -1173,11 +1177,15 @@ register.  With blockwise selection it also depends on the size of the block
 and whether the corners are on an existing character.  (Implementation detail:
 it actually works by first putting the register after the selection and then
 deleting the selection.)
-The previously selected text is put in the unnamed register.  If you want to
-put the same text into a Visual selection several times you need to use
-another register.  E.g., yank the text to copy, Visually select the text to
-replace and use "0p .  You can repeat this as many times as you like, the
-unnamed register will be changed each time.
+With |p| the previously selected text is put in the unnamed register (and
+possibly the selection and/or clipboard).  This is useful if you want to put
+that text somewhere else.  But you cannot repeat the same change.
+With |P| the unnamed register is not changed (and neither the selection or
+clipboard), you can repeat the same change. But the deleted text cannot be
+used.  If you do need it you can use |p| with another register.  E.g., yank
+the text to copy, Visually select the text to replace and use "0p .  You can
+repeat this as many times as you like, and the unnamed register will be
+changed each time.
 
 When you use a blockwise Visual mode command and yank only a single line into
 a register, a paste on a visual selected area will paste that single line on
@@ -1374,6 +1382,9 @@ The next three commands always work on whole lines.
 
 							*:t*
 :t			Synonym for copy.
+			This command is not supported in |Vim9| script,
+			because it is too easily confused with a variable
+			name.
 
 :[range]m[ove] {address}			*:m* *:mo* *:move* *E134*
 			Move the lines given by [range] to below the line
@@ -1662,16 +1673,20 @@ readability.
 
 letter	 meaning when present in 'formatoptions'    ~
 							*fo-t*
-t	Auto-wrap text using textwidth
+t	Auto-wrap text using 'textwidth'
 							*fo-c*
-c	Auto-wrap comments using textwidth, inserting the current comment
+c	Auto-wrap comments using 'textwidth', inserting the current comment
 	leader automatically.
 							*fo-r*
 r	Automatically insert the current comment leader after hitting
 	<Enter> in Insert mode.
 							*fo-o*
 o	Automatically insert the current comment leader after hitting 'o' or
-	'O' in Normal mode.
+	'O' in Normal mode.  In case comment is unwanted in a specific place
+	use CTRL-U to quickly delete it. |i_CTRL-U|
+							*fo-/*
+/	When 'o' is included: do not insert the comment leader for a //
+	comment after a statement, only when // is at the start of the line.
 							*fo-q*
 q	Allow formatting of comments with "gq".
 	Note that formatting will not change blank lines or lines containing
@@ -1734,8 +1749,8 @@ B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multibyte
 1	Don't break a line after a one-letter word.  It's broken before it
 	instead (if possible).
 							*fo-]*
-]	Respect textwidth rigorously. With this flag set, no line can be
-	longer than textwidth, unless line-break-prohibition rules make this
+]	Respect 'textwidth' rigorously. With this flag set, no line can be
+	longer than 'textwidth', unless line-break-prohibition rules make this
 	impossible.  Mainly for CJK scripts and works only if 'encoding' is
 	"utf-8".
 							*fo-j*

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 17
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ The Netbeans interface also uses a channel. |netbeans|
 12. Job options				|job-options|
 13. Controlling a job			|job-control|
 14. Using a prompt buffer		|prompt-buffer|
+15. Language Server Protocol		|language-server-protocol|
 
 {only when compiled with the |+channel| feature for channel stuff}
 	You can check this with: `has('channel')`
@@ -53,6 +54,7 @@ RAW	nothing known, Vim cannot tell where a message ends
 NL	every message ends in a NL (newline) character
 JSON	JSON encoding |json_encode()|
 JS	JavaScript style JSON-like encoding |js_encode()|
+LSP	Language Server Protocol encoding |language-server-protocol|
 
 Common combination are:
 - Using a job connected through pipes in NL mode.  E.g., to run a style
@@ -91,7 +93,7 @@ And you should see the message in Vim. You can move the cursor a word forward:
 
 To handle asynchronous communication a callback needs to be used: >
 	func MyHandler(channel, msg)
-	  echo "from the handler: " . a:msg
+	  echo "from the handler: " .. a:msg
 	endfunc
 	call ch_sendexpr(channel, 'hello!', {'callback': "MyHandler"})
 Vim will not wait for a response.  Now the server can send the response later
@@ -101,7 +103,7 @@ Instead of giving a callback with every send call, it can also be specified
 when opening the channel: >
 	call ch_close(channel)
 	let channel = ch_open('localhost:8765', {'callback': "MyHandler"})
-	call ch_sendexpr(channel, 'hello!')
+	call ch_sendexpr(channel, 'hello channel!')
 
 When trying out channels it's useful to see what is going on.  You can tell
 Vim to write lines in log file: >
@@ -118,10 +120,13 @@ To open a channel: >
 
 Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
 
-{address} has the form "hostname:port".  E.g., "localhost:8765".
-
-When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.  E.g.,
-"[2001:db8::1]:8765".
+					*channel-address*
+{address} can be a domain name or an IP address, followed by a port number, or
+a Unix-domain socket path prefixed by "unix:".  E.g. >
+    www.example.com:80   " domain + port
+    127.0.0.1:1234       " IPv4 + port
+    [2001:db8::1]:8765   " IPv6 + port
+    unix:/tmp/my-socket  " Unix-domain socket path
 
 {options} is a dictionary with optional entries:	*channel-open-options*
 
@@ -130,17 +135,19 @@ When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.  E.g.,
 	"js"   - Use JS (JavaScript) encoding, more efficient than JSON.
 	"nl"   - Use messages that end in a NL character
 	"raw"  - Use raw messages
+	"lsp"  - Use language server protocol encoding
 						*channel-callback* *E921*
 "callback"	A function that is called when a message is received that is
-		not handled otherwise.  It gets two arguments: the channel
-		and the received message. Example: >
+		not handled otherwise (e.g. a JSON message with ID zero).  It
+		gets two arguments: the channel and the received message.
+		Example: >
 	func Handle(channel, msg)
-	  echo 'Received: ' . a:msg
+	  echo 'Received: ' .. a:msg
 	endfunc
 	let channel = ch_open("localhost:8765", {"callback": "Handle"})
 <
-		When "mode" is "json" or "js" the "msg" argument is the body
-		of the received message, converted to Vim types.
+		When "mode" is "json" or "js" or "lsp" the "msg" argument is
+		the body of the received message, converted to Vim types.
 		When "mode" is "nl" the "msg" argument is one message,
 		excluding the NL.
 		When "mode" is "raw" the "msg" argument is the whole message
@@ -164,7 +171,19 @@ When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.  E.g.,
 		to check for messages, the close_cb may be invoked while still
 		in the callback.  The plugin must handle this somehow, it can
 		be useful to know that no more data is coming.
-							*channel-drop*
+		If it is not known if there is a message to be read, use a
+		try/catch block: >
+			try
+			  let msg = ch_readraw(a:channel)
+			catch
+			  let msg = 'no message'
+			endtry
+			try
+			  let err = ch_readraw(a:channel, #{part: 'err'})
+			catch
+			  let err = 'no error'
+			endtry
+<							*channel-drop*
 "drop"		Specifies when to drop messages:
 		    "auto"	When there is no callback to handle a message.
 				The "close_cb" is also considered for this.
@@ -406,6 +425,7 @@ To send a message, without expecting a response: >
 The process can send back a response, the channel handler will be called with
 it.
 
+						*channel-onetime-callback*
 To send a message and letting the response handled by a specific function,
 asynchronously: >
     call ch_sendraw(channel, {string}, {'callback': 'MyHandler'})
@@ -442,7 +462,7 @@ to check if there is something to read.
 Note that when there is no callback, messages are dropped.  To avoid that add
 a close callback to the channel.
 
-To read all output from a RAW channel that is available: >
+To read all normal output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel)
 To read the error output: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel, {"part": "err"})
@@ -502,6 +522,7 @@ ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
 		according to the type of channel.  The function cannot be used
 		with a raw channel.  See |channel-use|.
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		When using the "lsp" channel mode, {expr} must be a |Dict|.
 								*E917*
 		{options} must be a Dictionary.  It must not have a "callback"
 		entry.  It can have a "timeout" entry to specify the timeout
@@ -509,7 +530,8 @@ ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
 
 		ch_evalexpr() waits for a response and returns the decoded
 		expression.  When there is an error or timeout it returns an
-		empty string.
+		empty |String| or, when using the "lsp" channel mode, returns an
+		empty |Dict|.
 
 		Note that while waiting for the response, Vim handles other
 		messages.  You need to make sure this doesn't cause trouble.
@@ -563,10 +585,15 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 		When opened with ch_open():
 		   "hostname"	  the hostname of the address
 		   "port"	  the port of the address
+		   "path"	  the path of the Unix-domain socket
 		   "sock_status"  "open" or "closed"
 		   "sock_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
 		   "sock_io"	  "socket"
 		   "sock_timeout" timeout in msec
+
+		Note that "path" is only present for Unix-domain sockets, for
+		regular ones "hostname" and "port" are present instead.
+
 		When opened with job_start():
 		   "out_status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed"
 		   "out_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
@@ -577,7 +604,7 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 		   "err_io"	  "out", "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
 		   "err_timeout"  timeout in msec
 		   "in_status"	  "open" or "closed"
-		   "in_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "in_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON", "JS" or "LSP"
 		   "in_io"	  "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
 		   "in_timeout"	  timeout in msec
 
@@ -609,8 +636,8 @@ ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 		is going on in real time.
 
 		To enable the log very early, to see what is received from a
-		terminal during startup, use |--cmd|: >
-			vim --cmd "call ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')"
+		terminal during startup, use |--log|: >
+			vim --log logfile
 <
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		NOTE: the channel communication is stored in the file, be
@@ -625,11 +652,8 @@ ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		Open a channel to {address}.  See |channel|.
 		Returns a Channel.  Use |ch_status()| to check for failure.
 
-		{address} is a String and has the form "hostname:port", e.g.,
-		"localhost:8765".
-
-		When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.
-		E.g., "[2001:db8::1]:8765".
+		{address} is a String, see |channel-address| for the possible
+		accepted forms.
 
 		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
 		See |channel-open-options|.
@@ -673,6 +697,17 @@ ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
 		with a raw channel.
 		See |channel-use|.				*E912*
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		When using the "lsp" channel mode, {expr} must be a |Dict|.
+
+		If the channel mode is "lsp", then returns a Dict. Otherwise
+		returns an empty String.  If the "callback" item is present in
+		{options}, then the returned Dict contains the ID of the
+		request message.  The ID can be used to send a cancellation
+		request to the LSP server (if needed).  Returns an empty Dict
+		on error.
+
+		If a response message is not expected for {expr}, then don't
+		specify the "callback" item in {options}.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_sendexpr(expr)
@@ -1287,18 +1322,18 @@ prompt. >
 	" Create a channel log so we can see what happens.
 	call ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')
 
-	" Function handling a line of text has been typed.
+	" Function handling a line of text that has been typed.
 	func TextEntered(text)
 	  " Send the text to a shell with Enter appended.
 	  call ch_sendraw(g:shell_job, a:text .. "\n")
 	endfunc
 
-	" Function handling output from the shell: Added above the prompt.
+	" Function handling output from the shell: Add it above the prompt.
 	func GotOutput(channel, msg)
-	  call append(line("$") - 1, "- " . a:msg)
+	  call append(line("$") - 1, "- " .. a:msg)
 	endfunc
 
-	" Function handling the shell exist: close the window.
+	" Function handling the shell exits: close the window.
 	func JobExit(job, status)
 	  quit!
 	endfunc
@@ -1309,7 +1344,6 @@ prompt. >
 		\ err_cb: function('GotOutput'),
 		\ exit_cb: function('JobExit'),
 		\ })
-	let shell_ch = job_getchannel(shell_job)
 
 	new
 	set buftype=prompt
@@ -1320,6 +1354,231 @@ prompt. >
 	" start accepting shell commands
 	startinsert
 <
+The same in |Vim9| script: >
 
+	vim9script
+
+	# Create a channel log so we can see what happens.
+	ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')
+
+	var shell_job: job
+
+	# Function handling a line of text that has been typed.
+	def TextEntered(text: string)
+	  # Send the text to a shell with Enter appended.
+	  ch_sendraw(shell_job, text .. "\n")
+	enddef
+
+	# Function handling output from the shell: Add it above the prompt.
+	def GotOutput(channel: channel, msg: string)
+	  append(line("$") - 1, "- " .. msg)
+	enddef
+
+	# Function handling the shell exits: close the window.
+	def JobExit(job: job, status: number)
+	  quit!
+	enddef
+
+	# Start a shell in the background.
+	shell_job = job_start(["/bin/sh"], {
+				 out_cb: GotOutput,
+				 err_cb: GotOutput,
+				 exit_cb: JobExit,
+				 })
+
+	new
+	set buftype=prompt
+	var buf = bufnr('')
+	prompt_setcallback(buf, TextEntered)
+	prompt_setprompt(buf, "shell command: ")
+
+	# start accepting shell commands
+	startinsert
+
+==============================================================================
+15. Language Server Protocol			*language-server-protocol*
+
+The language server protocol specification is available at:
+
+    https://microsoft.github.io/language-server-protocol/specification
+
+Each LSP protocol message starts with a simple HTTP header followed by the
+payload encoded in JSON-RPC format.  This is described in:
+
+    https://www.jsonrpc.org/specification
+
+To encode and send a LSP request/notification message in a Vim |Dict| into a
+LSP JSON-RPC message and to receive and decode a LSP JSON-RPC
+response/notification message into a Vim |Dict|, connect to the LSP server
+with the |channel-mode| set to "lsp".
+
+For messages received on a channel with |channel-mode| set to "lsp", Vim will
+process the HTTP header and decode the JSON-RPC payload into a Vim |Dict| type
+and call the |channel-callback| function or the specified
+|channel-onetime-callback| function.  When sending messages on a channel using
+the |ch_evalexpr()| or |ch_sendexpr()| functions, Vim will add the HTTP header
+and encode the Vim expression into JSON.  Refer to |json_encode()| and
+|json_decode()| for more information about how Vim encodes and decodes the
+builtin types into JSON.
+
+To open a channel using the 'lsp' mode, set the 'mode' item in the |ch_open()|
+{options} argument to 'lsp'.  Example: >
+
+    let ch = ch_open(..., #{mode: 'lsp'})
+
+To open a channel using the 'lsp' mode with a job, set the 'in_mode' and
+'out_mode' items in the |job_start()| {options} argument to 'lsp'. Example: >
+
+    let cmd = ['clangd', '--background-index', '--clang-tidy']
+    let opts = {}
+    let opts.in_mode = 'lsp'
+    let opts.out_mode = 'lsp'
+    let opts.err_mode = 'nl'
+    let opts.out_cb = function('LspOutCallback')
+    let opts.err_cb = function('LspErrCallback')
+    let opts.exit_cb = function('LspExitCallback')
+    let job = job_start(cmd, opts)
+
+Note that if a job outputs LSP messages on stdout and non-LSP messages on
+stderr, then the channel-callback function should handle both the message
+formats appropriately or you should use a separate callback function for
+"out_cb" and "err_cb" to handle them as shown above.
+
+To synchronously send a JSON-RPC request to the server, use the
+|ch_evalexpr()| function. This function will wait and return the decoded
+response message from the server. You can use either the |channel-timeout| or
+the 'timeout' field in the {options} argument to control the response wait
+time.  If the request times out, then an empty |Dict| is returned.  Example: >
+
+    let req = {}
+    let req.method = 'textDocument/definition'
+    let req.params = {}
+    let req.params.textDocument = #{uri: 'a.c'}
+    let req.params.position = #{line: 10, character: 3}
+    let defs = ch_evalexpr(ch, req, #{timeout: 100})
+    if defs->empty()
+        ... <handle failure>
+    endif
+
+Note that in the request message the 'id' field should not be specified. If it
+is specified, then Vim will overwrite the value with an internally generated
+identifier.  Vim currently supports only a number type for the 'id' field.
+The callback function will be invoked for both a successful and a failed RPC
+request.
+
+To send a JSON-RPC request to the server and asynchronously process the
+response, use the |ch_sendexpr()| function and supply a callback function.  If
+the "id" field is present in the request message, then Vim will overwrite it
+with an internally generated number.  This function returns a Dict with the
+identifier used for the message.  This can be used to send cancellation
+request to the LSP server (if needed).  Example: >
+
+    let req = {}
+    let req.method = 'textDocument/hover'
+    let req.id = 200
+    let req.params = {}
+    let req.params.textDocument = #{uri: 'a.c'}
+    let req.params.position = #{line: 10, character: 3}
+    let resp = ch_sendexpr(ch, req, #{callback: 'HoverFunc'})
+
+To cancel an outstanding asynchronous LSP request sent to the server using the
+|ch_sendexpr()| function, send a cancelation message to the server using the
+|ch_sendexpr()| function with the ID returned by the |ch_sendexpr()| function
+for the request.  Example: >
+
+    " send a completion request
+    let req = {}
+    let req.method = 'textDocument/completion'
+    let req.params = {}
+    let req.params.textDocument = #{uri: 'a.c'}
+    let req.params.position = #{line: 10, character: 3}
+    let reqstatus = ch_sendexpr(ch, req, #{callback: 'LspComplete'})
+    " send a cancellation notification
+    let notif = {}
+    let notif.method = '$/cancelRequest'
+    let notif.id = reqstatus.id
+    call ch_sendexpr(ch, notif)
+
+To send a JSON-RPC notification message to the server, use the |ch_sendexpr()|
+function. As the server will not send a response message to the notification,
+don't specify the "callback" item.  Example: >
+
+    call ch_sendexpr(ch, #{method: 'initialized'})
+
+To respond to a JSON-RPC request message from the server, use the
+|ch_sendexpr()| function.  In the response message, copy the 'id' field value
+from the server request message. Example: >
+
+    let resp = {}
+    let resp.id = req.id
+    let resp.result = 1
+    call ch_sendexpr(ch, resp)
+
+The JSON-RPC notification messages from the server are delivered through the
+|channel-callback| function.
+
+Depending on the use case, you can use the ch_evalexpr(), ch_sendexpr() and
+ch_sendraw() functions on the same channel.
+
+A LSP request message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP reponse message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"result" and "error" fields are optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"result": <vim type>
+	"error": <dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP notification message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).
+The "params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
+
+Depending on the use case, you can use the ch_evalexpr(), ch_sendexpr() and
+ch_sendraw() functions on the same channel.
+
+A LSP request message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP reponse message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).  The
+"result" and "error" fields are optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"id": <number>,
+	"result": <vim type>
+	"error": <dict>
+    }
+
+A LSP notification message has the following format (expressed as a Vim Dict).
+The "params" field is optional: >
+
+    {
+	"jsonrpc": "2.0",
+	"method": <string>,
+	"params": <list|dict>
+    }
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Aug 06
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -87,6 +87,7 @@ CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 CTRL-SHIFT-V				*c_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
 CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
 		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
+		In the GUI the |key-notation| is inserted without simplifying.
 
 							*c_<Left>* *c_Left*
 <Left>		cursor left
@@ -227,7 +228,7 @@ CTRL-\ e {expr}						*c_CTRL-\_e*
 		Example: >
 			:cmap <F7> <C-\>eAppendSome()<CR>
 			:func AppendSome()
-			   :let cmd = getcmdline() . " Some()"
+			   :let cmd = getcmdline() .. " Some()"
 			   :" place the cursor on the )
 			   :call setcmdpos(strlen(cmd))
 			   :return cmd
@@ -705,6 +706,15 @@ Some Ex commands accept a line range in front of them.  This is noted as
 
 The basics are explained in section |10.3| of the user manual.
 
+In |Vim9| script a range needs to be prefixed with a colon to avoid ambiguity
+with continuation lines.  For example, "+" can be used for a range but is also
+a continuation of an expression: >
+	var result = start
+	+ print
+If the "+" is a range then it must be prefixed with a colon: >
+	var result = start
+	:+ print
+<
 						*:,* *:;*
 When separated with ';' the cursor position will be set to that line
 before interpreting the next line specifier.  This doesn't happen for ','.
@@ -721,7 +731,7 @@ If more line specifiers are given than required for the command, the first
 one(s) will be ignored.
 
 Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
-	{number}	an absolute line number
+	{number}	an absolute line number  *E1247*
 	.		the current line			  *:.*
 	$		the last line in the file		  *:$*
 	%		equal to 1,$ (the entire file)		  *:%*
@@ -739,7 +749,8 @@ Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
 
 Each may be followed (several times) by '+' or '-' and an optional number.
 This number is added or subtracted from the preceding line number.  If the
-number is omitted, 1 is used.
+number is omitted, 1 is used.  If there is nothing before the '+' or '-' then
+the current line is used.
 
 The "/" and "?" after {pattern} are required to separate the pattern from
 anything that follows.
@@ -769,7 +780,7 @@ Some commands allow for a count after the command.  This count is used as the
 number of lines to be used, starting with the line given in the last line
 specifier (the default is the cursor line).  The commands that accept a count
 are the ones that use a range but do not have a file name argument (because
-a file name can also be a number).
+a file name can also be a number).  The count cannot be negative.
 
 Examples: >
 	:s/x/X/g 5	substitute 'x' by 'X' in the current line and four
@@ -919,15 +930,19 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 							*:<amatch>* *<amatch>*
 	<amatch>   When executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
 		   which this autocommand was executed.  *E497*
-		   It differs from <afile> only when the file name isn't used
-		   to match with (for FileType, Syntax and SpellFileMissing
+		   It differs from <afile> when the file name isn't used to
+		   match with (for FileType, Syntax and SpellFileMissing
 		   events).
+		   When the match is with a file name, it is expanded to the
+		   full path.
 							*:<sfile>* *<sfile>*
 	<sfile>    When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498*
-		   When executing a function, is replaced with the call stack,
-		   as with <stack> (this is for backwards compatibility, using
-		   <stack> is preferred).
+		   When executing a legacy function, is replaced with the call
+		   stack, as with <stack> (this is for backwards
+		   compatibility, using <stack> or <script> is preferred).
+		   In Vim9 script using <sfile> in a function gives error
+		   *E1245* .
 		   Note that filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is
 		   not used inside a script.
 							*:<stack>* *<stack>*
@@ -936,6 +951,13 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   and "script {file-name}[{lnum}]" for a script line, and
 		   ".." in between items.  E.g.:
 		   "function {function-name1}[{lnum}]..{function-name2}[{lnum}]"
+		   If there is no call stack you get error *E489* .
+							*:<script>* *<script>*
+	<script>   When executing a `:source` command, is replaced with the file
+		   name of the sourced file.  When executing a function, is
+		   replaced with the file name of the script where it is
+		   defined.
+		   If the file name cannot be determined you get error *E1274* .
 							*:<slnum>* *<slnum>*
 	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   line number.  *E842*

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 May 24
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -335,8 +335,9 @@ After setting this variable, reload the syntax script: >
 
 FINDING THE DIFFERENCES					*diff-diffexpr*
 
-The 'diffexpr' option can be set to use something else than the standard
-"diff" program to compare two files and find the differences. *E959*
+The 'diffexpr' option can be set to use something else than the internal diff
+support or the standard "diff" program to compare two files and find the
+differences. *E959*
 
 When 'diffexpr' is empty, Vim uses this command to find the differences
 between file1 and file2: >
@@ -369,7 +370,7 @@ format mentioned.  These variables are set to the file names used:
 
 	v:fname_in		original file
 	v:fname_new		new version of the same file
-	v:fname_out		resulting diff file
+	v:fname_out		where to write the resulting diff file
 
 Additionally, 'diffexpr' should take care of "icase" and "iwhite" in the
 'diffopt' option.  'diffexpr' cannot change the value of 'lines' and
@@ -381,13 +382,13 @@ Example (this does almost the same as 'diffexpr' being empty): >
 	function MyDiff()
 	   let opt = ""
 	   if &diffopt =~ "icase"
-	     let opt = opt . "-i "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-i "
 	   endif
 	   if &diffopt =~ "iwhite"
-	     let opt = opt . "-b "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-b "
 	   endif
-	   silent execute "!diff -a --binary " . opt . v:fname_in . " " . v:fname_new .
-		\  " > " . v:fname_out
+	   silent execute "!diff -a --binary " .. opt .. v:fname_in .. " " .. v:fname_new ..
+		\  " > " .. v:fname_out
 	   redraw!
 	endfunction
 
@@ -398,6 +399,13 @@ mode, so that a CTRL-Z doesn't end the text on DOS.
 The `redraw!` command may not be needed, depending on whether executing a
 shell command shows something on the display or not.
 
+If the 'diffexpr' expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced
+with the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
+		set diffexpr=s:MyDiffExpr()
+		set diffexpr=<SID>SomeDiffExpr()
+Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script where the
+option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+
 						*E810* *E97*
 Vim will do a test if the diff output looks alright.  If it doesn't, you will
 get an error message.  Possible causes:
@@ -437,8 +445,8 @@ Example (this does the same as 'patchexpr' being empty): >
 
 	set patchexpr=MyPatch()
 	function MyPatch()
-	   :call system("patch -o " . v:fname_out . " " . v:fname_in .
-	   \  " < " . v:fname_diff)
+	   :call system("patch -o " .. v:fname_out .. " " .. v:fname_in ..
+	   \  " < " .. v:fname_diff)
 	endfunction
 
 Make sure that using the "patch" program doesn't have unwanted side effects.
@@ -449,4 +457,12 @@ evaluating 'patchexpr'.  This hopefully avoids that files in the current
 directory are accidentally patched.  Vim will also delete files starting with
 v:fname_in and ending in ".rej" and ".orig".
 
+If the 'patchexpr' expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced
+with the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
+		set patchexpr=s:MyPatchExpr()
+		set patchexpr=<SID>SomePatchExpr()
+Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script where the
+option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Oct 16
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ If you want to keep the changed buffer without saving it, switch on the
 			Edit {file} always.  Discard any changes to the
 			current buffer.
 			Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
-
+							*:edit_#* *:e#*
 :e[dit] [++opt] [+cmd] #[count]
 			Edit the [count]th buffer (as shown by |:files|).
 			This command does the same as [count] CTRL-^.  But ":e
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ as a wildcard when "[" is in the 'isfname' option.  A simple way to avoid this
 is to use "path\[[]abc]", this matches the file "path\[abc]".
 
 					*starstar-wildcard*
-Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, Mac OS/X and a few other systems.
+Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, macOS and a few other systems.
 This allows searching a directory tree.  This goes up to 100 directories deep.
 Note there are some commands where this works slightly differently, see
 |file-searching|.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ This also works for most other systems, with the restriction that the
 backticks must be around the whole item.  It is not possible to have text
 directly before the first or just after the last backtick.
 
-							*`=*
+						*`=* *E1083*
 You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of as an
 external command, by putting an equal sign right after the first backtick,
 e.g.: >
@@ -444,9 +444,10 @@ does apply like to other wildcards.
 
 Environment variables in the expression are expanded when evaluating the
 expression, thus this works: >
-	:e `=$HOME . '/.vimrc'`
-This does not work, $HOME is inside a string and used literally: >
-	:e `='$HOME' . '/.vimrc'`
+	:e `=$HOME .. '/.vimrc'`
+This uses $HOME inside a string and it will be used literally, most likely not
+what you intended: >
+	:e `='$HOME' .. '/.vimrc'`
 
 If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
 breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a name.  Line
@@ -633,7 +634,7 @@ list of the current window.
 			Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
 
 :[count]arga[dd] {name} ..			*:arga* *:argadd* *E479*
-:[count]arga[dd]
+:[count]arga[dd]						*E1156*
 			Add the {name}s to the argument list.  When {name} is
 			omitted add the current buffer name to the argument
 			list.
@@ -650,12 +651,19 @@ list of the current window.
 			And after the last one:
 				:+2argadd y	a b c x y
 			There is no check for duplicates, it is possible to
-			add a file to the argument list twice.
-			The currently edited file is not changed.
+			add a file to the argument list twice.  You can use
+			|:argdedupe| to fix it afterwards: >
+				:argadd *.txt | argdedupe
+<			The currently edited file is not changed.
 			Note: you can also use this method: >
 				:args ## x
 <			This will add the "x" item and sort the new list.
 
+:argded[upe]					*:argded* *:argdedupe*
+			Remove duplicate filenames from the argument list.
+			If your current file is a duplicate, your current file
+			will change to the original file index.
+
 :argd[elete] {pattern} ..		*:argd* *:argdelete* *E480* *E610*
 			Delete files from the argument list that match the
 			{pattern}s.  {pattern} is used like a file pattern,
@@ -883,7 +891,7 @@ Note: When the 'write' option is off, you are not able to write any file.
 
 							*:w* *:write*
 					*E502* *E503* *E504* *E505*
-					*E512* *E514* *E667* *E796* *E949*
+					*E512* *E514* *E667* *E949*
 :w[rite] [++opt]	Write the whole buffer to the current file.  This is
 			the normal way to save changes to a file.  It fails
 			when the 'readonly' option is set or when there is
@@ -1140,6 +1148,9 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			made.
 			When 'hidden' is set and there are more windows, the
 			current buffer becomes hidden, after writing the file.
+			This command is not supported in |Vim9| script,
+			because it is too easily confused with a variable
+			name.
 
 							*:exi* *:exit*
 :[range]exi[t][!] [++opt] [file]
@@ -1214,7 +1225,7 @@ Examples: >
 
 If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.
 
-			*:browse* *:bro* *E338* *E614* *E615* *E616*
+			*:browse* *:bro* *E338*
 :bro[wse] {command}	Open a file selection dialog for an argument to
 			{command}.  At present this works for |:e|, |:w|,
 			|:wall|, |:wq|, |:wqall|, |:x|, |:xall|, |:exit|,
@@ -1225,7 +1236,7 @@ If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.
 			|:diffsplit|, |:diffpatch|, |:open|, |:pedit|,
 			|:redir|, |:source|, |:update|, |:visual|, |:vsplit|,
 			and |:qall| if 'confirm' is set.
-			{only in Win32, Athena, Motif, GTK and Mac GUI, in
+			{only in Win32, Motif, GTK and Mac GUI, in
 			console `browse edit` works if the FileExplorer
 			autocommand group exists}
 			When ":browse" is not possible you get an error
@@ -1298,11 +1309,12 @@ Changing directory fails when the current buffer is modified, the '.' flag is
 present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 
 							*:cd* *E747* *E472*
-:cd[!]			On non-Unix systems: Print the current directory
-			name.  On Unix systems: Change the current directory
-			to the home directory.  Use |:pwd| to print the
-			current directory on all systems.
-			On Unix systems: clear any window-local directory.
+:cd[!]			On non-Unix systems when 'cdhome' is off: Print the
+			current directory name.
+			Otherwise: Change the current directory to the home
+			directory.  Clear any window-local directory.
+			Use |:pwd| to print the current directory on all
+			systems.
 
 :cd[!] {path}		Change the current directory to {path}.
 			If {path} is relative, it is searched for in the
@@ -1377,7 +1389,8 @@ becomes the current directory for that window.  Windows where the |:lcd|
 command has not been used stick to the global or tab-local current directory.
 When jumping to another window the current directory is changed to the last
 specified local current directory.  If none was specified, the global or
-tab-local current directory is used.
+tab-local current directory is used.  When creating a new window it inherits
+the local directory of the current window.
 
 When a |:tcd| command has been used for a tab page, the specified directory
 becomes the current directory for the current tab page and the current window.
@@ -1638,6 +1651,11 @@ If you don't get warned often enough you can use the following command.
 			if it exists now.
 			Once a file has been checked the timestamp is reset,
 			you will not be warned again.
+			Syntax highlighting, marks, diff status,
+			'fileencoding', 'fileformat' and 'binary' options
+			are not changed.  See |v:fcs_choice| to reload these
+			too (for example, if a code formatting tools has
+			changed the file).
 
 :[N]checkt[ime] {filename}
 :[N]checkt[ime] [N]
@@ -1677,8 +1695,8 @@ session or with another command (e.g., a filter command).  Then you will know
 which version of the file you want to keep.
 
 The accuracy of the time check depends on the filesystem.  On Unix it is
-usually sub-second.  With old file sytems and on MS-Windows it is normally one
-second.  Use has('nanotime') check if sub-second time stamp checks are
+usually sub-second.  With old file systems and on MS-Windows it is normally one
+second.  Use `has('nanotime')` to check if sub-second time stamp checks are
 available.
 
 There is one situation where you get the message while there is nothing wrong:
@@ -1759,11 +1777,9 @@ There are three different types of searching:
 	/u/user_x/work/include
 	/u/user_x/include
 
-<   Note: If your 'path' setting includes an non-existing directory, Vim will
-   skip the non-existing directory, but continues searching in the parent of
-   the non-existing directory if upwards searching is used.  E.g. when
-   searching "../include" and that doesn't exist, and upward searching is
-   used, also searches in "..".
+<   Note: If your 'path' setting includes a non-existing directory, Vim will
+   skip the non-existing directory, and also does not search in the parent of
+   the non-existing directory if upwards searching is used.
 
 3) Combined up/downward search:
    If Vim's current path is /u/user_x/work/release and you do >

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Sep 22
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -133,24 +133,39 @@ shell script: "#!/bin/csh".
 argument was used.
 
 							*filetype-overrule*
-When the same extension is used for two filetypes, Vim tries to guess what
-kind of file it is.  This doesn't always work.  A number of global variables
-can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
+When the same extension is used for multiple filetypes, Vim tries to guess
+what kind of file it is.  This doesn't always work.  A number of global
+variables can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
 
 	file name	variable ~
 	*.asa		g:filetype_asa	|ft-aspvbs-syntax| |ft-aspperl-syntax|
-	*.asp		g:filetype_asp	|ft-aspvbs-syntax| |ft-aspperl-syntax|
 	*.asm		g:asmsyntax	|ft-asm-syntax|
-	*.prg		g:filetype_prg
-	*.pl		g:filetype_pl
-	*.inc		g:filetype_inc
-	*.w		g:filetype_w	|ft-cweb-syntax|
+	*.asp		g:filetype_asp	|ft-aspvbs-syntax| |ft-aspperl-syntax|
+	*.bas		g:filetype_bas	|ft-basic-syntax|
+	*.cfg		g:filetype_cfg
+	*.csh		g:filetype_csh  |ft-csh-syntax|
+	*.dat		g:filetype_dat
+	*.frm		g:filetype_frm	|ft-form-syntax|
+	*.fs		g:filetype_fs	|ft-forth-syntax|
 	*.i		g:filetype_i	|ft-progress-syntax|
+	*.inc		g:filetype_inc
 	*.m		g:filetype_m	|ft-mathematica-syntax|
+	*.mod		g:filetype_mod
 	*.p		g:filetype_p	|ft-pascal-syntax|
+	*.pl		g:filetype_pl
 	*.pp		g:filetype_pp	|ft-pascal-syntax|
+	*.prg		g:filetype_prg
+	*.r		g:filetype_r
+	*.sql		g:filetype_sql	|ft-sql-syntax|
+	*.src		g:filetype_src
+	*.sys		g:filetype_sys
 	*.sh		g:bash_is_sh	|ft-sh-syntax|
 	*.tex		g:tex_flavor	|ft-tex-plugin|
+	*.w		g:filetype_w	|ft-cweb-syntax|
+
+For a few filetypes the global variable is used only when the filetype could
+not be detected:
+	*.r		g:filetype_r	|ft-rexx-syntax|
 
 							*filetype-ignore*
 To avoid that certain files are being inspected, the g:ft_ignore_pat variable
@@ -357,12 +372,12 @@ define yourself.  There are a few ways to avoid this:
    You need to define your own mapping before the plugin is loaded (before
    editing a file of that type).  The plugin will then skip installing the
    default mapping.
-						*no_mail_maps*
+					*no_mail_maps* *g:no_mail_maps*
 3. Disable defining mappings for a specific filetype by setting a variable,
    which contains the name of the filetype.  For the "mail" filetype this
    would be: >
 	:let no_mail_maps = 1
-<						*no_plugin_maps*
+<					*no_plugin_maps* *g:no_plugin_maps*
 4. Disable defining mappings for all filetypes by setting a variable: >
 	:let no_plugin_maps = 1
 <

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jul 13
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -121,6 +121,11 @@ method can be very slow!
 Try to avoid the "=", "a" and "s" return values, since Vim often has to search
 backwards for a line for which the fold level is defined.  This can be slow.
 
+If the 'foldexpr' expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced
+with the script ID (|local-function|). Examples: >
+		set foldexpr=s:MyFoldExpr()
+		set foldexpr=<SID>SomeFoldExpr()
+<
 An example of using "a1" and "s1": For a multi-line C comment, a line
 containing "/*" would return "a1" to start a fold, and a line containing "*/"
 would return "s1" to end the fold after that line: >
@@ -502,11 +507,14 @@ Note the use of backslashes to avoid some characters to be interpreted by the
     :function MyFoldText()
     :  let line = getline(v:foldstart)
     :  let sub = substitute(line, '/\*\|\*/\|{{{\d\=', '', 'g')
-    :  return v:folddashes . sub
+    :  return v:folddashes .. sub
     :endfunction
 
 Evaluating 'foldtext' is done in the |sandbox|.  The current window is set to
-the window that displays the line.  Errors are ignored.
+the window that displays the line.  The context is set to the script where the
+option was last set.
+
+Errors are ignored.  For debugging set the 'debug' option to "throw".
 
 The default value is |foldtext()|.  This returns a reasonable text for most
 types of folding.  If you don't like it, you can specify your own 'foldtext'
@@ -524,6 +532,11 @@ The resulting line is truncated to fit in the window, it never wraps.
 When there is room after the text, it is filled with the character specified
 by 'fillchars'.
 
+If the 'foldtext' expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced
+with the script ID (|local-function|). Examples: >
+		set foldtext=s:MyFoldText()
+		set foldtext=<SID>SomeFoldText()
+<
 Note that backslashes need to be used for characters that the ":set" command
 handles differently: Space, backslash and double-quote. |option-backslash|
 

runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 13
 
 
 		    ADA FILE TYPE PLUG-INS REFERENCE MANUAL~
@@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ file is opened and adds Ada related entries to the main and pop-up menu.
 								 *ft-ada-omni*
 
 The Ada omni-completions (|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|) uses tags database created either
-by "gnat xref -v" or the "exuberant Ctags (http://ctags.sourceforge.net).  The
-complete function will automatically detect which tool was used to create the
-tags file.
+by "gnat xref -v" or the "Universal Ctags" (https://ctags.io).  The complete
+function will automatically detect which tool was used to create the tags
+file.
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 3.1 Omni Completion with "gnat xref" ~
@@ -125,18 +125,18 @@ NOTE: "gnat xref -v" is very tricky to use as it has almost no diagnostic
 3.2 Omni Completion with "ctags"~
 								   *ada-ctags*
 
-Exuberant Ctags uses its own multi-language code parser. The parser is quite
-fast, produces a lot of extra information (hence the name "Exuberant Ctags")
-and can run on files which currently do not compile.
+Universal/Exuberant Ctags use their own multi-language code parser.  The
+parser is quite fast, produces a lot of extra information and can run on files
+which currently do not compile.
 
-There are also lots of other Vim-tools which use exuberant Ctags.
+There are also lots of other Vim-tools which use Universal/Exuberant Ctags.
+Universal Ctags is preferred, Exuberant Ctags is no longer being developed.
 
-You will need to install a version of the Exuberant Ctags which has Ada
-support patched in. Such a version is available from the GNU Ada Project
-(http://gnuada.sourceforge.net).
+You will need to install Universal Ctags which is available from
+https://ctags.io
 
-The Ada parser for Exuberant Ctags is fairly new - don't expect complete
-support yet.
+The Ada parser for Universal/Exuberant Ctags is fairly new - don't expect
+complete support yet.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Compiler Support ~

runtime/doc/ft_raku.txt

@@ -47,20 +47,20 @@ Numbers, subscripts and superscripts are available with 's' and 'S':
 
 But some don't come defined by default. Those are digraph definitions you can
 add in your ~/.vimrc file. >
-	exec 'digraph \\ '.char2nr('∖')
-	exec 'digraph \< '.char2nr('≼')
-	exec 'digraph \> '.char2nr('≽')
-	exec 'digraph (L '.char2nr('⊈')
-	exec 'digraph )L '.char2nr('⊉')
-	exec 'digraph (/ '.char2nr('⊄')
-	exec 'digraph )/ '.char2nr('⊅')
-	exec 'digraph )/ '.char2nr('⊅')
-	exec 'digraph U+ '.char2nr('⊎')
-	exec 'digraph 0- '.char2nr('⊖')
+	exec 'digraph \\ ' .. char2nr('∖')
+	exec 'digraph \< ' .. char2nr('≼')
+	exec 'digraph \> ' .. char2nr('≽')
+	exec 'digraph (L ' .. char2nr('⊈')
+	exec 'digraph )L ' .. char2nr('⊉')
+	exec 'digraph (/ ' .. char2nr('⊄')
+	exec 'digraph )/ ' .. char2nr('⊅')
+	exec 'digraph )/ ' .. char2nr('⊅')
+	exec 'digraph U+ ' .. char2nr('⊎')
+	exec 'digraph 0- ' .. char2nr('⊖')
 	" Euler's constant
-	exec 'digraph ne '.char2nr('𝑒')
+	exec 'digraph ne ' .. char2nr('𝑒')
 	" Raku's atomic operations marker
-	exec 'digraph @@ '.char2nr('⚛')
+	exec 'digraph @@ ' .. char2nr('⚛')
 
 Alternatively, you can write Insert mode abbreviations that convert ASCII-
 based operators into their single-character Unicode equivalent. >

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ behavior of the plugin.
 g:rustc_path~
 	Set this option to the path to rustc for use in the |:RustRun| and
 	|:RustExpand| commands. If unset, "rustc" will be located in $PATH: >
-	    let g:rustc_path = $HOME."/bin/rustc"
+	    let g:rustc_path = $HOME .. "/bin/rustc"
 <
 
                                                   *g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ g:rust_bang_comment_leader~
 g:ftplugin_rust_source_path~
 	Set this option to a path that should be prepended to 'path' for Rust
 	source files: >
-	    let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME.'/dev/rust'
+	    let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME .. '/dev/rust'
 <
 
                                                        *g:rustfmt_command*

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ must be configurable.  The filetype plugin attempts to define many of the
 standard objects, plus many additional ones.  In order to make this as
 flexible as possible, you can override the list of objects from within your
 |vimrc| with the following: >
-    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,table,trigger' .
-		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' .
+    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,table,trigger' ..
+		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' ..
 		\ ',index,subscription,synchronization,view,variable'
 
 The following |Normal| mode and |Visual| mode maps have been created which use
@@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ Repeatedly pressing ]} will cycle through each of these create statements: >
     create index i1 on t1 (c1);
 
 The default setting for g:ftplugin_sql_objects is: >
-    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,' .
-		\ '\\(existing\\\\|global\\s\\+temporary\\s\\+\\)\\\{,1}' .
-		\ 'table,trigger' .
-		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' .
+    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,' ..
+		\ '\\(existing\\\\|global\\s\\+temporary\\s\\+\\)\\\{,1}' ..
+		\ 'table,trigger' ..
+		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' ..
 		\ ',index,subscription,synchronization,view,variable'
 
 The above will also handle these cases: >
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ the SQL completion plugin. >
 <	1. After typing SELECT press <C-C>t to display a list of tables.
 	2. Highlight the table you need the column list for.
 	3. Press <Enter> to choose the table from the list.
-	4. Press <C-C>l to request a comma separated list of all columns
+	4. Press <C-C>l to request a comma-separated list of all columns
 	   for this table.
 	5. Based on the table name chosen in step 3, the plugin attempts to
 	   decide on a reasonable table alias.	You are then prompted to
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ your |vimrc|: >
 >
     omni_sql_use_tbl_alias
 <	- Default: a
-	- This setting is only used when generating a comma separated
+	- This setting is only used when generating a comma-separated
 	  column list.	By default the map is <C-C>l.  When generating
 	  a column list, an alias can be prepended to the beginning of each
 	  column, for example:	e.emp_id, e.emp_name.  This option has three
@@ -697,9 +697,9 @@ plugin. >
     <C-C>c
 <       - Displays a list of columns for a specific table. >
     <C-C>l
-<       - Displays a comma separated list of columns for a specific table. >
+<       - Displays a comma-separated list of columns for a specific table. >
     <C-C>L
-<       - Displays a comma separated list of columns for a specific table.
+<       - Displays a comma-separated list of columns for a specific table.
 	  This should only be used when the completion window is active. >
     <Right>
 <	- Displays a list of columns for the table currently highlighted in

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jun 27
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Other GUI documentation:
 
 First you must make sure you actually have a version of Vim with the GUI code
 included.  You can check this with the ":version" command, it says "with xxx
-GUI", where "xxx" is X11-Motif, X11-Athena, Photon, GTK2, GTK3, etc., or
+GUI", where "xxx" is X11-Motif, Photon, GTK2, GTK3, etc., or
 "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version".
 
 How to start the GUI depends on the system used.  Mostly you can run the
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ There are a number of options which only have meaning in the GUI version of
 Vim.  These are 'guicursor', 'guifont', 'guipty' and 'guioptions'.  They are
 documented in |options.txt| with all the other options.
 
-If using the Motif or Athena version of the GUI (but not for the GTK+ or
+If using the Motif version of the GUI (but not for the GTK+ or
 Win32 version), a number of X resources are available.  See |gui-resources|.
 
 Another way to set the colors for different occasions is with highlight
@@ -147,7 +147,8 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 						    *:win* *:winsize* *E465*
 :win[size] {width} {height}
 		Set the window height to {width} by {height} characters.
-		Obsolete, use ":set lines=11 columns=22".
+		It is recommended to use `:set lines=11 columns=22` instead,
+		since it's easy to see what the numbers mean.
 		If you get less lines than expected, check the 'guiheadroom'
 		option.
 
@@ -155,8 +156,8 @@ If you are running the X Window System, you can get information about the
 window Vim is running in with these commands: >
 	:!xwininfo -id $WINDOWID
 	:!xprop -id $WINDOWID
-	:execute '!xwininfo -id ' . v:windowid
-	:execute '!xprop -id ' . v:windowid
+	:execute '!xwininfo -id ' .. v:windowid
+	:execute '!xprop -id ' .. v:windowid
 <
 							*gui-IME* *iBus*
 Input methods for international characters in X that rely on the XIM
@@ -235,7 +236,7 @@ takes too much time or you don't like the cursor jumping to another line,
 include the 'h' flag in 'guioptions'.  Then the scrolling is limited by the
 text of the current cursor line.
 
-							*athena-intellimouse*
+							*motif-intellimouse*
 If you have an Intellimouse and an X server that supports using the wheel,
 then you can use the wheel to scroll the text up and down in gvim.  This works
 with XFree86 4.0 and later, and with some older versions when you add patches.
@@ -260,6 +261,7 @@ Other options that are relevant:
 'mousefocus'	window focus follows mouse pointer |gui-mouse-focus|
 'mousemodel'	what mouse button does which action
 'mousehide'	hide mouse pointer while typing text
+'mousemoveevent' enable mouse move events so that <MouseMove> can be mapped
 'selectmode'	whether to start Select mode or Visual mode
 
 A quick way to set these is with the ":behave" command.
@@ -405,6 +407,9 @@ These mappings make selection work the way it probably should in a Motif
 application, with shift-left mouse allowing for extending the visual area
 rather than the right mouse button.
 
+<MouseMove> may be mapped, but 'mousemoveevent' must be enabled to use the
+mapping.
+
 Mouse mapping with modifiers does not work for modeless selection.
 
 
@@ -741,7 +746,7 @@ because the item will never be selected.  Use a single colon to keep it
 simple.
 
 							*gui-toolbar*
-The toolbar is currently available in the Win32, Athena, Motif, GTK+ (X11),
+The toolbar is currently available in the Win32, Motif, GTK+ (X11),
 and Photon GUI.  It should turn up in other GUIs in due course.  The
 default toolbar is setup in menu.vim.
 The display of the toolbar is controlled by the 'guioptions' letter 'T'.  You
@@ -857,7 +862,7 @@ The window toolbar uses the ToolbarLine and ToolbarButton highlight groups.
 When splitting the window the window toolbar is not copied to the new window.
 
 							*popup-menu*
-In the Win32, GTK+, Motif, Athena and Photon GUI, you can define the
+In the Win32, GTK+, Motif and Photon GUI, you can define the
 special menu "PopUp".  This is the menu that is displayed when the right mouse
 button is pressed, if 'mousemodel' is set to popup or popup_setpos.
 Example: >

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Oct 24
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -236,7 +236,8 @@ The "* register reflects the contents of the clipboard.  |quotestar|
 
 When the "unnamed" string is included in the 'clipboard' option, the unnamed
 register is the same.  Thus you can yank to and paste from the clipboard
-without prepending "* to commands.
+without prepending "* to commands. If this doesn't work use the "unnamedplus"
+string in the 'clipboard' option.
 
 The 'a' flag in 'guioptions' is not included by default.  This means that text
 is only put on the clipboard when an operation is performed on it.  Just

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 05
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
 Vim's Graphical User Interface				*gui-x11* *GUI-X11*
-							*Athena* *Motif*
+							*Motif*
 1. Starting the X11 GUI		|gui-x11-start|
 2. GUI Resources		|gui-resources|
 3. Shell Commands		|gui-pty|
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ flag in 'guioptions'.  |-f|.
 ==============================================================================
 2. GUI Resources			*gui-resources* *.Xdefaults*
 
-If using the Motif or Athena version of the GUI (not for the KDE, GTK+ or Win32
+If using the Motif version of the GUI (not for the KDE, GTK+ or Win32
 version), a number of X resources are available.  You should use Vim's class
 "Vim" when setting these.  They are as follows:
 
@@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ version), a number of X resources are available.  You should use Vim's class
 			is same size as terminal that started it).
     scrollbarWidth	Thickness of scrollbars.
     borderWidth		Thickness of border around text area.
-    menuHeight		Height of the menu bar (only for Athena).
 
 A special font for italic, bold, and italic-bold text will only be used if
 the user has specified one via a resource.  No attempt is made to guess what
@@ -135,12 +134,9 @@ which make Motif applications look even better, highly recommended!
 
 The "Vim*fontList" is to set the menu font for Motif.  Example: >
 	Vim*menuBar*fontList:	     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
-With Athena: >
-	Vim*menuBar*SmeBSB*font:     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
-	Vim*menuBar*MenuButton*font: -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
 
 NOTE: A more portable, and indeed more correct, way to specify the menu font
-in either Motif or Athena is through the resource: >
+in Motif is through the resource: >
 	Vim.menuFont:	     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
 Or, when compiled with the |+xfontset| feature: >
 	Vim.menuFontSet:     -*-courier-medium-r-*-*-10-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
@@ -255,7 +251,7 @@ For example: >
   :10vmenu File.Print :w !lpr -Php3
 <
 							*X11-icon*
-Vim uses a black&white icon by default when compiled with Motif or Athena.  A
+Vim uses a black&white icon by default when compiled with Motif.  A
 colored Vim icon is included as $VIMRUNTIME/vim32x32.xpm.  For GTK+, this is
 the builtin icon used.  Unfortunately, how you should install it depends on
 your window manager.  When you use this, remove the 'i' flag from
@@ -594,8 +590,7 @@ GTK+ files on your system.  When both GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3 are available, GTK+ 2
 will be chosen unless --enable-gui=gtk3 is passed explicitly to configure.
 
 If the GTK+ files cannot be found, then the Motif files will be searched for.
-Finally, if this fails, the Athena files will be searched for.  If all three
-fail, the GUI will be disabled.
+If both fail, the GUI will be disabled.
 
 For GTK+, Vim's configuration process uses pkg-config(1) to check if the
 GTK+ required for a specified build is properly installed and usable.
@@ -621,10 +616,10 @@ explicitly to configure, and avoid passing --enable-gnome-check to that, as
 the functionality of the GNOME 2 support has already been consolidated in
 GTK+ 3.
 
-Otherwise, if you are using Motif or Athena, when you have the Motif or Athena
-files in a directory where configure doesn't look, edit the Makefile to enter
-the names of the directories.  Search for "GUI_INC_LOC" for an example to set
-the Motif directories, "CONF_OPT_X" for Athena.
+Otherwise, if you are using Motif, when you have the Motif files in a
+directory where configure doesn't look, edit the Makefile to enter the names
+of the directories.  Search for "GUI_INC_LOC" for an example to set
+the Motif directories.
 
 							*gui-x11-gtk*
 Currently, Vim supports both GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3.
@@ -643,18 +638,11 @@ few problems, but you might make it compile and run with a bit of work, please
 send me the patches if you do).  The newest releases of LessTif have been
 reported to work fine too.
 
-							*gui-x11-athena*
-The Athena version uses the Xaw widget set by default.  If you have the 3D
-version, you might want to link with Xaw3d instead.  This will make the
-menus look a bit better.  Edit the Makefile and look for "XAW_LIB".  The
-scrollbars will remain the same, because Vim has its own, which are already
-3D (in fact, they look more like Motif).
-
-							*gui-x11-neXtaw*
-The neXtaw version is mostly like Athena, but uses different widgets.
+					    *gui-x11-athena* *gui-x11-neXtaw*
+Support for the Athena GUI and neXtaw was removed in patch 8.2.4677.
 
 							*gui-x11-misc*
-In general, do not try to mix files from different GTK+, Motif, Athena and X11
+In general, do not try to mix files from different GTK+, Motif and X11
 versions.  This will cause problems.  For example, using header files for
 X11R5 with a library for X11R6 probably doesn't work (although the linking
 won't give an error message, Vim will crash later).

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 26
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ Advanced editing ~
 |diff.txt|	working with two to eight versions of the same file
 |autocmd.txt|	automatically executing commands on an event
 |eval.txt|	expression evaluation, conditional commands
+|builtin.txt|	builtin functions
 |channel.txt|	Jobs, Channels, inter-process communication
 |fold.txt|	hide (fold) ranges of lines
 
@@ -196,6 +197,7 @@ Versions ~
 |version6.txt|	Differences between Vim version 5.7 and 6.x
 |version7.txt|	Differences between Vim version 6.4 and 7.x
 |version8.txt|	Differences between Vim version 7.4 and 8.x
+|version9.txt|	Differences between Vim version 8.2 and 9.0
 						*sys-file-list*
 Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_390.txt|	OS/390 Unix

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 18
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ If you would like to open the help in the current window, see this tip:
 
 The initial height of the help window can be set with the 'helpheight' option
 (default 20).
-
+						*help-buffer-options*
 When the help buffer is created, several local options are set to make sure
 the help text is displayed as it was intended:
     'iskeyword'		nearly all ASCII chars except ' ', '*', '"' and '|'
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ command: >
 			dialog.  {only when compiled with |+GUI_GTK|}
 
 					*:helpt* *:helptags*
-				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
+				*E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E154* *E670*
 :helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}
 			Generate the help tags file(s) for directory {dir}.
 			When {dir} is ALL then all "doc" directories in

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ suggested use.)
 ==============================================================================
 2. Cscope related commands				*cscope-commands*
 
-		*:cscope* *:cs* *:scs* *:scscope* *E259* *E262* *E561* *E560*
+		*:cscope* *:cs* *:scs* *:scscope* *E259* *E262* *E560* *E561*
 All cscope commands are accessed through suboptions to the cscope commands.
 	`:cscope` or `:cs` is the main command
 	`:scscope` or `:scs` does the same and splits the window

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ line of a file, regardless of the filename suffix, to check if a file is a
 Perl script (see scripts.vim in Vim's syntax directory).  Vim assumes a file
 is POD text if the filename has a .POD suffix.
 
-To use tags with Perl, you need a recent version of Exuberant ctags.  Look
-here:
-	http://ctags.sourceforge.net
+To use tags with Perl, you need Universal/Exuberant Ctags.  Look here:
+	Universal Ctags (preferred): https://ctags.io
+	Exuberant Ctags: http://ctags.sourceforge.net
 
 Alternatively, you can use the Perl script pltags.pl, which is shipped with
 Vim in the $VIMRUNTIME/tools directory.  This script has currently more
@@ -103,8 +103,7 @@ Here are some things you can try: >
   :perldo $_ = reverse($_);1
   :perl VIM::Msg("hello")
   :perl $line = $curbuf->Get(42)
-<
-							*E299*
+<							*E299*
 Executing Perl commands in the |sandbox| is limited.  ":perldo" will not be
 possible at all.  ":perl" will be evaluated in the Safe environment, if
 possible.

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 12
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -25,6 +25,10 @@ The Python 3 interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
 |+python3| feature.
 Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 
+NOTE: Python 2 is old and no longer being developed.  Using Python 3 is highly
+recommended.  Python 2 support will be dropped when it does not work properly
+anymore.
+
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*python-commands*
 
@@ -65,7 +69,7 @@ There is no need to import sys, it's done by default.
 
 							*python-environment*
 Environment variables set in Vim are not always available in Python.  This
-depends on how Vim and Python were build.  Also see
+depends on how Vim and Python were built.  Also see
 https://docs.python.org/3/library/os.html#os.environ
 
 Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Make sure the "class" line
@@ -834,6 +838,19 @@ To work around such problems there are these options:
 Raising SystemExit exception in python isn't endorsed way to quit vim, use: >
 	:py vim.command("qall!")
 <
+							*E1266*
+This error can occur when python 3 cannot load the required modules.  This
+means that your python 3 is not correctly installed or there are some mistakes
+in your settings.  Please check the following items:
+1. Make sure that python 3 is correctly installed.  Also check the version of
+   python.
+2. Check the 'pythonthreedll' option.
+3. Check the 'pythonthreehome' option.
+4. Check the PATH environment variable if you don't set 'pythonthreedll'.
+   On MS-Windows, you can use where.exe to check which dll will be loaded.
+   E.g. >
+	where.exe python310.dll
+5. Check the PYTHONPATH and PYTHONHOME environment variables.
 
 							*has-python*
 You can test what Python version is available with: >
@@ -910,7 +927,7 @@ The `:pyxdo` command works similar to `:pydo`.
 							*has-pythonx*
 You can test if pyx* commands are available with: >
 	if has('pythonx')
-	  echo 'pyx* commands are available. (Python ' . &pyx . ')'
+	  echo 'pyx* commands are available. (Python ' .. &pyx .. ')'
 	endif
 
 When compiled with only one of |+python| or |+python3|, the has() returns 1.

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 May 27
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ The Tcl Interface to Vim				*tcl* *Tcl* *TCL*
 8. Examples				|tcl-examples|
 9. Dynamic loading			|tcl-dynamic|
 
-*E280*
 {only available when Vim was compiled with the |+tcl| feature}
 
+							*E280*
 WARNING: There are probably still some bugs.  Please send bug reports,
 comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -42,11 +42,12 @@ is not a C compiler: it does not recognize all syntax.  One requirement is
 that toplevel functions have a '{' in the first column.  Otherwise they are
 easily confused with declarations.
 
-These four options control C program indenting:
+These five options control C program indenting:
 'cindent'	Enables Vim to perform C program indenting automatically.
 'cinkeys'	Specifies which keys trigger reindenting in insert mode.
 'cinoptions'	Sets your preferred indent style.
 'cinwords'	Defines keywords that start an extra indent in the next line.
+'cinscopedecls'	Defines strings that are recognized as a C++ scope declaration.
 
 If 'lisp' is not on and 'equalprg' is empty, the "=" operator indents using
 Vim's built-in algorithm rather than calling an external program.
@@ -293,8 +294,9 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 							*cino-g*
 	gN    Place C++ scope declarations N characters from the indent of the
-	      block they are in.  (default 'shiftwidth').  A scope declaration
-	      can be "public:", "protected:" or "private:".
+	      block they are in.  (default 'shiftwidth'). By default, a scope 
+	      declaration is "public:", "protected:" or "private:". This can
+	      be adjusted with the 'cinscopedecls' option.
 
 		cino=		    cino=g0 >
 		  {		      {
@@ -778,6 +780,15 @@ You can set the indent for the first line after <script> and <style>
       "auto"	auto indent (same indent as the blocktag)
       "inc"	auto indent + one indent step
 
+You can set the indent for attributes after an open <tag line: >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_attribute = 1
+<
+      VALUE	MEANING ~
+      1		auto indent, one indent step more than <tag
+      2		auto indent, two indent steps (default)
+      > 2	auto indent, more indent steps
+
 Many tags increase the indent for what follows per default (see "Add Indent
 Tags" in the script).  You can add further tags with: >
 
@@ -879,7 +890,7 @@ For example, with N = 1, this will give:
 							*PHP_outdentphpescape*
 To indent PHP escape tags as the surrounding non-PHP code (only affects the
 PHP escape tags): >
-:let g:PHP_outdentphpescape = 0
+    :let g:PHP_outdentphpescape = 0
 -------------
 
 							*PHP_removeCRwhenUnix*
@@ -1206,7 +1217,7 @@ comments will be indented according to the correctly indented code.
 
 
 VIM							*ft-vim-indent*
-
+							*g:vim_indent_cont*
 For indenting Vim scripts there is one variable that specifies the amount of
 indent for a continuation line, a line that starts with a backslash: >
 

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Aug 31
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -937,7 +937,9 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 				   before the highlighted area
 |v_J|		J		2  join the highlighted lines
 |v_K|		K		   run 'keywordprg' on the highlighted area
-|v_O|		O		   Move horizontally to other corner of area.
+|v_O|		O		   move horizontally to other corner of area
+|v_P|		P		   replace highlighted area with register
+				   contents; registers are unchanged
 		Q		   does not start Ex mode
 |v_R|		R		2  delete the highlighted lines and start
 				   insert
@@ -1000,6 +1002,8 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 |v_i{|		i{		   same as iB
 |v_i}|		i}		   same as iB
 |v_o|		o		   move cursor to other corner of area
+|v_p|		p		   replace highlighted area with register
+				   contents; deleted text in unnamed register
 |v_r|		r		2  replace highlighted area with a character
 |v_s|		s		2  delete highlighted area and start insert
 |v_u|		u		2  make highlighted area lowercase
@@ -1148,7 +1152,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:&|		:&		repeat last ":substitute"
 |:star|		:*		execute contents of a register
 |:<|		:<		shift lines one 'shiftwidth' left
-|:=|		:=		print the cursor line number
+|:=|		:=		print the last line number
 |:>|		:>		shift lines one 'shiftwidth' right
 |:@|		:@		execute contents of a register
 |:@@|		:@@		repeat the previous ":@"
@@ -1166,6 +1170,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 				be remapped
 |:args|		:ar[gs]		print the argument list
 |:argadd|	:arga[dd]	add items to the argument list
+|:argdedupe|	:argded[upe]	remove duplicates from the argument list
 |:argdelete|	:argd[elete]	delete items from the argument list
 |:argedit|	:arge[dit]	add item to the argument list and edit it
 |:argdo|	:argdo		do a command on all items in the argument list

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Oct 24
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -84,6 +84,8 @@ CTRL-U		Delete all entered characters before the cursor in the current
 		line.  If there are no newly entered characters and
 		'backspace' is not empty, delete all characters before the
 		cursor in the current line.
+		If C-indenting is enabled the indent will be adjusted if the
+		line becomes blank.
 		See |i_backspacing| about joining lines.
 						*i_CTRL-I* *i_<Tab>* *i_Tab*
 <Tab> or CTRL-I Insert a tab.  If the 'expandtab' option is on, the
@@ -270,7 +272,7 @@ CTRL-]		Trigger abbreviation, without inserting a character.
 
 						*i_backspacing*
 The effect of the <BS>, CTRL-W, and CTRL-U depend on the 'backspace' option
-(unless 'revins' is set).  This is a comma separated list of items:
+(unless 'revins' is set).  This is a comma-separated list of items:
 
 item	    action ~
 indent	    allow backspacing over autoindent
@@ -281,8 +283,8 @@ start	    allow backspacing over the start position of insert; CTRL-W and
 When 'backspace' is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used.  You cannot
 backspace over autoindent, before column 1 or before where insert started.
 
-For backwards compatibility the values "0", "1" and "2" are also allowed, see
-|'backspace'|.
+For backwards compatibility the values "0", "1", "2" and "3" are also allowed,
+see |'backspace'|.
 
 If the 'backspace' option does contain "eol" and the cursor is in column 1
 when one of the three keys is used, the current line is joined with the
@@ -798,7 +800,7 @@ If the previous expansion was split, because it got longer than 'textwidth',
 then just the text in the current line will be used.
 
 If the match found is at the end of a line, then the first word in the next
-line will be inserted and the message "word from next line" displayed, if
+line will be inserted and the message "Word from other line" displayed, if
 this word is accepted the next CTRL-X CTRL-P or CTRL-X CTRL-N will search
 for those lines starting with this word.
 
@@ -816,6 +818,7 @@ CTRL-X CTRL-K		Search the files given with the 'dictionary' option
 			the 'dictionary' option is empty.
 			For suggestions where to find a list of words, see the
 			'dictionary' option.
+			'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and 'infercase' apply.
 
 	CTRL-K	or
 	CTRL-N		Search forward for next matching keyword.  This
@@ -848,7 +851,7 @@ space is preferred).  Maximum line length is 510 bytes.
 
 For an example, imagine the 'thesaurus' file has a line like this: >
 	angry furious mad enraged
-<Placing the cursor after the letters "ang" and typing CTRL-X CTRL-T would
+Placing the cursor after the letters "ang" and typing CTRL-X CTRL-T would
 complete the word "angry"; subsequent presses would change the word to
 "furious", "mad" etc.
 
@@ -860,7 +863,7 @@ https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/629#issuecomment-443293282
 Unpack thesaurus_pkg.zip, put the thesaurus.txt file somewhere, e.g.
 ~/.vim/thesaurus/english.txt, and the 'thesaurus' option to this file name.
 
-					
+
 Completing keywords with 'thesaurusfunc'		*compl-thesaurusfunc*
 
 If the 'thesaurusfunc' option is set, then the user specified function is
@@ -877,9 +880,9 @@ Groß): >
       endif
       let res = []
       let h = ''
-      for l in systemlist('aiksaurus '.shellescape(a:base))
+      for l in systemlist('aiksaurus ' .. shellescape(a:base))
 	if l[:3] == '=== '
-	  let h = '('.substitute(l[4:], ' =*$', ')', '')
+	  let h = '(' .. substitute(l[4:], ' =*$', ')', '')
 	elseif l ==# 'Alphabetically similar known words are: '
 	  let h = "\U0001f52e"
 	elseif l[0] =~ '\a' || (h ==# "\U0001f52e" && l[0] ==# "\t")
@@ -1193,7 +1196,7 @@ three lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.
 						*complete-popup*
 When "popup" is in 'completeopt' a popup window is used to display the "info".
 Then the 'completepopup' option specifies the properties of the popup.  This
-is used when the info popup is created.  The option is a comma separated list
+is used when the info popup is created.  The option is a comma-separated list
 of values:
 	height		maximum height of the popup
 	width		maximum width of the popup
@@ -1264,7 +1267,7 @@ An example that completes the names of the months: >
 	    " find months matching with "a:base"
 	    let res = []
 	    for m in split("Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec")
-	      if m =~ '^' . a:base
+	      if m =~ '^' .. a:base
 		call add(res, m)
 	      endif
 	    endfor
@@ -1286,7 +1289,7 @@ The same, but now pretending searching for matches is slow: >
 	  else
 	    " find months matching with "a:base"
 	    for m in split("Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec")
-	      if m =~ '^' . a:base
+	      if m =~ '^' .. a:base
 		call complete_add(m)
 	      endif
 	      sleep 300m	" simulate searching for next match
@@ -1406,11 +1409,16 @@ in 'runtimepath'.  Thus for "java" it is autoload/javacomplete.vim.
 
 C							*ft-c-omni*
 
-Completion of C code requires a tags file.  You should use Exuberant ctags,
-because it adds extra information that is needed for completion.  You can find
-it here: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/  Version 5.6 or later is recommended.
+Completion of C code requires a tags file.  You should use Universal/
+Exuberant ctags, because it adds extra information that is needed for
+completion.  You can find it here:
+	Universal Ctags: https://ctags.io
+	Exuberant Ctags: http://ctags.sourceforge.net
 
-For version 5.5.4 you should add a patch that adds the "typename:" field:
+Universal Ctags is preferred, Exuberant Ctags is no longer being developed.
+
+For Exuberant ctags, version 5.6 or later is recommended.  For version 5.5.4
+you should add a patch that adds the "typename:" field:
 	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unstable/patches/ctags-5.5.4.patch
 A compiled .exe for MS-Windows can be found at:
 	http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
@@ -1531,8 +1539,11 @@ will be suggested. All other elements are not placed in suggestion list.
 PHP							*ft-php-omni*
 
 Completion of PHP code requires a tags file for completion of data from
-external files and for class aware completion. You should use Exuberant ctags
-version 5.5.4 or newer. You can find it here: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
+external files and for class aware completion. You should use Universal/
+Exuberant ctags version 5.5.4 or newer. You can find it here:
+
+	Universal Ctags: https://ctags.io
+	Exuberant Ctags: http://ctags.sourceforge.net
 
 Script completes:
 
@@ -1945,6 +1956,9 @@ When 'autoindent' is on, the indent for a new line is obtained from the
 previous line.  When 'smartindent' or 'cindent' is on, the indent for a line
 is automatically adjusted for C programs.
 
+'formatoptions' can be set to copy the comment leader when opening a new
+line.
+
 'textwidth' can be set to the maximum width for a line.  When a line becomes
 too long when appending characters a line break is automatically inserted.
 
@@ -1958,6 +1972,9 @@ too long when appending characters a line break is automatically inserted.
 			inserted after the current line.
 			Adding [!] toggles 'autoindent' for the time this
 			command is executed.
+			This command is not supported in |Vim9| script,
+			because it is too easily confused with a variable
+			name.
 
 							*:i* *:in* *:insert*
 :{range}i[nsert][!]	Insert several lines of text above the specified
@@ -1965,6 +1982,9 @@ too long when appending characters a line break is automatically inserted.
 			inserted before the current line.
 			Adding [!] toggles 'autoindent' for the time this
 			command is executed.
+			This command is not supported in |Vim9| script,
+			because it is too easily confused with a variable
+			name.
 
 These two commands will keep on asking for lines, until you type a line
 containing only a ".".  Watch out for lines starting with a backslash, see

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Sep 29
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Daniel Elstner		GTK+ 2 port
 	Eric Fischer		Mac port, 'cindent', and other improvements
 	Benji Fisher		Answering lots of user questions
-	Bill Foster		Athena GUI port
+	Bill Foster		Athena GUI port (later removed)
 	Google			Lets me work on Vim one day a week
 	Loic Grenie		xvim (ideas for multi windows version)
 	Sven Guckes		Vim promoter and previous WWW page maintainer
@@ -701,7 +701,8 @@ Q			Switch to "Ex" mode.  This is a bit like typing ":"
 			Use the ":vi" command |:visual| to exit "Ex" mode.
 			Note: In older versions of Vim "Q" formatted text,
 			that is now done with |gq|.  But if you use the
-			|vimrc_example.vim| script "Q" works like "gq".
+			|vimrc_example.vim| script or |defaults.vim|, "Q"
+			works like "gq".  Except for Select mode.
 
 					*gQ*
 gQ			Switch to "Ex" mode like with "Q", but really behave

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 20
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 Key mapping, abbreviations and user-defined commands.
 
-This subject is introduced in sections |05.3|, |24.7| and |40.1| of the user
+This subject is introduced in sections |05.4|, |24.7| and |40.1| of the user
 manual.
 
 1. Key mapping			|key-mapping|
@@ -80,6 +80,8 @@ modes.
 			where the map command applies.  Disallow mapping of
 			{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings.  Often
 			used to redefine a command.
+			Note: When <Plug> appears in the {rhs} this part is
+			always applied even if remapping is disallowed.
 
 
 :unm[ap]  {lhs}			|mapmode-nvo|		*:unm*  *:unmap*
@@ -97,8 +99,7 @@ modes.
 			map command applies.  The mapping may remain defined
 			for other modes where it applies.
 			It also works when {lhs} matches the {rhs} of a
-			mapping. This is for when when an abbreviation
-			applied.
+			mapping. This is for when an abbreviation applied.
 			Note: Trailing spaces are included in the {lhs}.  This
 			unmap does NOT work: >
 				:map @@ foo
@@ -173,7 +174,7 @@ type "a", then "bar" will get inserted.
 "<unique>" can be used in any order.  They must appear right after the
 command, before any other arguments.
 
-				*:map-local* *:map-<buffer>* *E224* *E225*
+			*:map-local* *:map-<buffer>* *:map-buffer* *E224* *E225*
 If the first argument to one of these commands is "<buffer>" the mapping will
 be effective in the current buffer only.  Example: >
 	:map <buffer>  ,w  /[.,;]<CR>
@@ -232,7 +233,7 @@ Note: ":map <script>" and ":noremap <script>" do the same thing.  The
 "<script>" overrules the command name.  Using ":noremap <script>" is
 preferred, because it's clearer that remapping is (mostly) disabled.
 
-						*:map-<unique>* *E226* *E227*
+				*:map-<unique>* *:map-unique* *E226* *E227*
 If the first argument to one of these commands is "<unique>" and it is used to
 define a new mapping or abbreviation, the command will fail if the mapping or
 abbreviation already exists.  Example: >
@@ -271,7 +272,7 @@ input. Example: >
 	endfunc
 	nnoremap <expr> <F3> <SID>OpenPopup()
 
-Also, keep in mind that the expression may be evaluated when looking for
+Keep in mind that the expression may be evaluated when looking for
 typeahead, before the previous command has been executed.  For example: >
 	func StoreColumn()
 	  let g:column = col('.')
@@ -285,6 +286,10 @@ This can be solved by inserting <Ignore> before the character that is
 expression-mapped: >
 	nmap ! f!<Ignore>x
 
+When defining a mapping in a |Vim9| script, the expression will be evaluated
+in the context of that script.  This means that script-local items can be
+accessed in the expression.
+
 Be very careful about side effects!  The expression is evaluated while
 obtaining characters, you may very well make the command dysfunctional.
 For this reason the following is blocked:
@@ -311,7 +316,7 @@ Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
 
 	func ListItem()
 	  let g:counter += 1
-	  return g:counter . '. '
+	  return g:counter .. '. '
 	endfunc
 
 	func ListReset()
@@ -343,9 +348,24 @@ Example of using <Cmd> halfway Insert mode: >
 Unlike <expr> mappings, there are no special restrictions on the <Cmd>
 command: it is executed as if an (unrestricted) |autocommand| was invoked.
 
+						*<ScriptCmd>*
+<ScriptCmd> is like <Cmd> but sets the context to the script the mapping was
+defined in, for the duration of the command execution.  This is especially
+useful for |Vim9| script.  It also works to access an import, which is useful
+in a plugin using an autoload script: >
+	vim9script
+	import autoload 'implementation.vim' as impl
+	nnoremap <F4> <ScriptCmd>impl.DoTheWork()<CR>
+
+No matter where <F4> is typed, the "impl" import will be found in the script
+context of where the mapping was defined.  And since it's an autoload import,
+the "implementation.vim" script will only be loaded once <F4> is typed, not
+when the mapping is defined.
+
 Note:
-- Because <Cmd> avoids mode-changes it does not trigger |CmdlineEnter| and
-  |CmdlineLeave| events, because no user interaction is expected.
+- Because <Cmd> and <ScriptCmd> avoid mode-changes it does not trigger
+  |CmdlineEnter| and |CmdlineLeave| events, because no user interaction is
+  expected.
 - For the same reason, |keycodes| like <C-R><C-W> are interpreted as plain,
   unmapped keys.
 - The command is not echo'ed, no need for <silent>.
@@ -356,19 +376,20 @@ Note:
 - In Select mode, |:map| and |:vmap| command mappings are executed in
   Visual mode.  Use |:smap| to handle Select mode differently.
 
-							*E1135* *E1136*
-<Cmd> commands must terminate, that is, they must be followed by <CR> in the
-{rhs} of the mapping definition.  |Command-line| mode is never entered.
+							*E1255* *E1136*
+<Cmd> and <ScriptCmd> commands must terminate, that is, they must be followed
+by <CR> in the {rhs} of the mapping definition.  |Command-line| mode is never
+entered.
 
 							*E1137*
-<Cmd> commands can have only normal characters and cannot contain special
-characters like function keys.
+<Cmd> and <ScriptCmd> commands can have only normal characters and cannot
+contain special characters like function keys.
 
 
 1.3 MAPPING AND MODES					*:map-modes*
 			*mapmode-nvo* *mapmode-n* *mapmode-v* *mapmode-o*
 
-There are six sets of mappings
+There are seven sets of mappings
 - For Normal mode: When typing commands.
 - For Visual mode: When typing commands while the Visual area is highlighted.
 - For Select mode: like Visual mode but typing text replaces the selection.
@@ -376,6 +397,7 @@ There are six sets of mappings
   etc.).  See below: |omap-info|.
 - For Insert mode.  These are also used in Replace mode.
 - For Command-line mode: When entering a ":" or "/" command.
+- For Terminal mode: When typing in a |:terminal| buffer.
 
 Special case: While typing a count for a command in Normal mode, mapping zero
 is disabled.  This makes it possible to map zero without making it impossible
@@ -675,6 +697,10 @@ The special key name "<Plug>" can be used for an internal mapping, which is
 not to be matched with any key sequence.  This is useful in plugins
 |using-<Plug>|.
 
+							*<MouseMove>*
+The special key name "<MouseMove>" can be used to handle mouse movement.  It
+needs to be enabled with 'mousemoveevent'.  Currently only works in the GUI.
+
 							*<Char>* *<Char->*
 To map a character by its decimal, octal or hexadecimal number the <Char>
 construct can be used:
@@ -962,8 +988,7 @@ g@{motion}		Call the function set by the 'operatorfunc' option.
 			    "line"	{motion} was |linewise|
 			    "char"	{motion} was |characterwise|
 			    "block"	{motion} was |blockwise-visual|
-			Although "block" would rarely appear, since it can
-			only result from Visual mode where "g@" is not useful.
+			The type can be forced, see |forced-motion|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
 			feature}
 
@@ -974,28 +999,56 @@ Here is an example that counts the number of spaces with <F4>: >
 	" doubling <F4> works on a line
 	nnoremap <expr> <F4><F4> CountSpaces() .. '_'
 
-	function CountSpaces(type = '') abort
+	function CountSpaces(context = {}, type = '') abort
 	  if a:type == ''
-	    set opfunc=CountSpaces
+	    let context = #{
+	      \ dot_command: v:false,
+	      \ extend_block: '',
+	      \ virtualedit: [&l:virtualedit, &g:virtualedit],
+	      \ }
+	    let &operatorfunc = function('CountSpaces', [context])
+	    set virtualedit=block
 	    return 'g@'
- 	  endif
+	  endif
 
-	  let sel_save = &selection
-	  let reg_save = getreginfo('"')
-	  let cb_save = &clipboard
-	  let visual_marks_save = [getpos("'<"), getpos("'>")]
+	  let save = #{
+	    \ clipboard: &clipboard,
+	    \ selection: &selection,
+	    \ virtualedit: [&l:virtualedit, &g:virtualedit],
+	    \ register: getreginfo('"'),
+	    \ visual_marks: [getpos("'<"), getpos("'>")],
+	    \ }
 
 	  try
-	    set clipboard= selection=inclusive
-	    let commands = #{line: "'[V']y", char: "`[v`]y", block: "`[\<c-v>`]y"}
-	    silent exe 'noautocmd keepjumps normal! ' .. get(commands, a:type, '')
-	    echom getreg('"')->count(' ')
+	    set clipboard= selection=inclusive virtualedit=
+	    let commands = #{
+	      \ line: "'[V']",
+	      \ char: "`[v`]",
+	      \ block: "`[\<C-V>`]",
+	      \ }[a:type]
+	    let [_, _, col, off] = getpos("']")
+	    if off != 0
+	      let vcol = getline("'[")->strpart(0, col + off)->strdisplaywidth()
+	      if vcol >= [line("'["), '$']->virtcol() - 1
+	        let a:context.extend_block = '$'
+	      else
+	        let a:context.extend_block = vcol .. '|'
+	      endif
+	    endif
+	    if a:context.extend_block != ''
+	      let commands ..= 'oO' .. a:context.extend_block
+	    endif
+	    let commands ..= 'y'
+	    execute 'silent noautocmd keepjumps normal! ' .. commands
+	    echomsg getreg('"')->count(' ')
 	  finally
-	    call setreg('"', reg_save)
-	    call setpos("'<", visual_marks_save[0])
-	    call setpos("'>", visual_marks_save[1])
-	    let &clipboard = cb_save
-	    let &selection = sel_save
+	    call setreg('"', save.register)
+	    call setpos("'<", save.visual_marks[0])
+	    call setpos("'>", save.visual_marks[1])
+	    let &clipboard = save.clipboard
+	    let &selection = save.selection
+	    let [&l:virtualedit, &g:virtualedit] = get(a:context.dot_command ? save : a:context, 'virtualedit')
+	    let a:context.dot_command = v:true
 	  endtry
 	endfunction
 
@@ -1271,7 +1324,8 @@ underscore.  Example: >
 could define a mapping "<SNR>23_Add".
 
 When defining a function in a script, "s:" can be prepended to the name to
-make it local to the script.  But when a mapping is executed from outside of
+make it local to the script (in |Vim9| script functions without a prefix are
+local to the script).  But when a mapping is executed from outside of
 the script, it doesn't know in which script the function was defined.  To
 avoid this problem, use "<SID>" instead of "s:".  The same translation is done
 as for mappings.  This makes it possible to define a call to the function in
@@ -1365,7 +1419,7 @@ scripts.
 
 							*:command-verbose*
 When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a command will also display where it was
-last defined. Example: >
+last defined and any completion argument. Example: >
 
     :verbose command TOhtml
 <	Name	    Args Range Complete  Definition ~
@@ -1398,7 +1452,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 
 Command attributes ~
-
+                                                       *command-attributes*
 User-defined commands are treated by Vim just like any other Ex commands.  They
 can have arguments, or have a range specified.  Arguments are subject to
 completion as filenames, buffers, etc.  Exactly how this works depends upon the
@@ -1484,6 +1538,8 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=custom,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 	-complete=customlist,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 
+If you specify completion while there is nothing to complete (-nargs=0, the
+default) then you get error *E1208* .
 Note: That some completion methods might expand environment variables.
 
 
@@ -1513,9 +1569,11 @@ The function arguments are:
 The function may use these for determining context.  For the "custom"
 argument, it is not necessary to filter candidates against the (implicit
 pattern in) ArgLead.  Vim will filter the candidates with its regexp engine
-after function return, and this is probably more efficient in most cases. For
-the "customlist" argument, Vim will not filter the returned completion
-candidates and the user supplied function should filter the candidates.
+after function return, and this is probably more efficient in most cases. If
+'wildoptions' contains "fuzzy", then the candidates will be filtered using
+|fuzzy-matching|.  For the "customlist" argument, Vim will not
+filter the returned completion candidates and the user supplied function
+should filter the candidates.
 
 The following example lists user names to a Finger command >
     :com -complete=custom,ListUsers -nargs=1 Finger !finger <args>
@@ -1649,12 +1707,12 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 		Examples: >
 		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file MyEdit
 				\ for f in expand(<q-args>, 0, 1) |
-				\ exe '<mods> split ' . f |
+				\ exe '<mods> split ' .. f |
 				\ endfor
 
 		    function! SpecialEdit(files, mods)
 			for f in expand(a:files, 0, 1)
-			    exe a:mods . ' split ' . f
+			    exe a:mods .. ' split ' .. f
 			endfor
 		    endfunction
 		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file Sedit
@@ -1730,7 +1788,7 @@ This will invoke: >
    :   let i = 0
    :   while i < argc()
    :	  if filereadable(argv(i))
-   :	     execute "e " . argv(i)
+   :	     execute "e " .. argv(i)
    :	     execute a:command
    :      endif
    :      let i = i + 1

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Oct 04
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ USING RESOURCE FILES
 Instead of specifying 'guifontset', you can set X11 resources and Vim will
 pick them up.  This is only for people who know how X resource files work.
 
-For Motif and Athena insert these three lines in your $HOME/.Xdefaults file:
+For Motif insert these three lines in your $HOME/.Xdefaults file:
 
 	Vim.font: |base_font_name_list|
 	Vim*fontSet: |base_font_name_list|
@@ -862,8 +862,8 @@ Use the RPM or port for your system.
     window specific to the input method.
 
 
-USING XIM			*multibyte-input* *E284* *E286* *E287* *E288*
-				*E285* *E289*
+USING XIM			*multibyte-input* *E284* *E285* *E286* *E287*
+					*E288* *E289*
 
 Note that Display and Input are independent.  It is possible to see your
 language even though you have no input method for it.  But when your Display
@@ -955,32 +955,11 @@ replace mode.
 The options 'iminsert', 'imsearch' and 'imcmdline' can be used to choose
 the different input methods or disable them temporarily.
 
-WHAT IS IME
-    IME is a part of East asian version Windows.  That helps you to input
-    multibyte character.  English and other language version Windows does not
-    have any IME.  (Also there is no need usually.) But there is one that
-    called Microsoft Global IME.  Global IME is a part of Internet Explorer
-    4.0 or above.  You can get more information about Global IME, at below
-    URL.
-
-WHAT IS GLOBAL IME					*global-ime*
-    Global IME makes capability to input Chinese, Japanese, and Korean text
-    into Vim buffer on any language version of Windows 98, Windows 95, and
-    Windows NT 4.0.
-    On Windows 2000 and XP it should work as well (without downloading).  On
-    Windows 2000 Professional, Global IME is built in, and the Input Locales
-    can be added through Control Panel/Regional Options/Input Locales.
-    Please see below URL for detail of Global IME.  You can also find various
-    language version of Global IME at same place.
-
-    - Global IME detailed information.
-	http://search.microsoft.com/results.aspx?q=global+ime
-
-    - Active Input Method Manager (Global IME)
+On Windows 9x and Windows NT 4.0 there was *global-ime* , but this is no
+longer supported.  You can still find documentation for Active Input Method
+Manager (Global IME) here:
 	http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa741221(v=VS.85).aspx
 
-    Support for Global IME is an experimental feature.
-
 NOTE: For IME to work you must make sure the input locales of your language
 are added to your system.  The exact location of this depends on the version
 of Windows you use.  For example, on my Windows 2000 box:
@@ -1301,7 +1280,7 @@ internally.
 
 Vim has comprehensive UTF-8 support.  It works well in:
 - xterm with UTF-8 support enabled
-- Athena, Motif and GTK GUI
+- Motif and GTK GUI
 - MS-Windows GUI
 - several other platforms
 

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jul 31
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -29,8 +29,7 @@ depends on the 'shortmess' option.
 				Clear messages, keeping only the {count} most
 				recent ones.
 
-The number of remembered messages is fixed at 20 for the tiny version and 200
-for other versions.
+The number of remembered messages is fixed at 200.
 
 								*g<*
 The "g<" command can be used to see the last page of previous command output.
@@ -47,13 +46,13 @@ maintains the messages or the translations.  You can use this to contact the
 maintainer when you spot a mistake.
 
 If you want to find help on a specific (error) message, use the ID at the
-start of the message.  For example, to get help on the message: >
+start of the message.  For example, to get help on the message:
 
-	E72: Close error on swap file
+	E72: Close error on swap file ~
 
-or (translated): >
+or (translated):
 
-	E72: Errore durante chiusura swap file
+	E72: Errore durante chiusura swap file ~
 
 Use: >
 
@@ -63,6 +62,8 @@ If you are lazy, it also works without the shift key: >
 
 	:help e72
 
+The number in this ID has no meaning.
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Error messages				*error-messages* *errors*
 
@@ -77,116 +78,116 @@ See `:messages` above.
 LIST OF MESSAGES
 			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
 			*E318* *E356* *E438* *E439* *E440* *E316* *E320* *E322*
-			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E292*  >
-  Add to read buffer
-  makemap: Illegal mode
-  Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback
-  Hangul automata ERROR
-  block was not locked
-  Didn't get block nr {N}?
-  ml_upd_block0(): Didn't get block 0??
-  pointer block id wrong {N}
-  Updated too many blocks?
-  get_varp ERROR
-  u_undo: line numbers wrong
-  undo list corrupt
-  undo line missing
-  ml_get: cannot find line {N}
-  cannot find line {N}
-  line number out of range: {N} past the end
-  line count wrong in block {N}
-  Internal error
-  Internal error: {function}
-  fatal error in cs_manage_matches
-  Invalid count for del_bytes(): {N}
+			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E292* 
+  Add to read buffer ~
+  makemap: Illegal mode ~
+  Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback ~
+  block was not locked ~
+  Didn't get block nr {N}? ~
+  ml_upd_block0(): Didn't get block 0?? ~
+  pointer block id wrong {N} ~
+  Updated too many blocks? ~
+  get_varp ERROR ~
+  u_undo: line numbers wrong ~
+  undo list corrupt ~
+  undo line missing ~
+  ml_get: cannot find line {N} in buffer {nr} {name} ~
+  line number out of range: {N} past the end ~
+  line count wrong in block {N} ~
+  Internal error: lalloc(0, ) ~
+  Internal error: {function} ~
+  Internal error in regexp ~
+  fatal error in cs_manage_matches ~
+  Invalid count for del_bytes(): {N} ~
 
 This is an internal error.  If you can reproduce it, please send in a bug
 report. |bugs|
 
->
-  ATTENTION
-  Found a swap file by the name ...
+
+  ATTENTION ~
+  Found a swap file by the name ... ~
 
 See |ATTENTION|.
 
-							*E92*  >
-  Buffer {N} not found
+							*E92* 
+  Buffer {N} not found ~
 
 The buffer you requested does not exist.  This can also happen when you have
 wiped out a buffer which contains a mark or is referenced in another way.
 |:bwipeout|
 
-							*E95*  >
-  Buffer with this name already exists
+							*E95* 
+  Buffer with this name already exists ~
 
-You cannot have two buffers with the same name.
+You cannot have two buffers with exactly the same name.  This includes the
+path leading to the file.
 
-							*E72*  >
-  Close error on swap file
+							*E72* 
+  Close error on swap file ~
 
 The |swap-file|, that is used to keep a copy of the edited text, could not be
 closed properly.  Mostly harmless.
 
-							*E169*  >
-  Command too recursive
+							*E169* 
+  Command too recursive ~
 
 This happens when an Ex command executes an Ex command that executes an Ex
 command, etc.  The limit is 200 or the value of 'maxfuncdepth', whatever is
 larger.  When it's more there probably is an endless loop.  Probably a
 |:execute| or |:source| command is involved.
 
-							*E254*  >
-  Cannot allocate color {name}
+							*E254* 
+  Cannot allocate color {name} ~
 
 The color name {name} is unknown.  See |gui-colors| for a list of colors that
 are available on most systems.
 
-							*E1244*  >
-  Bad color string: {str}
+							*E1244* 
+  Bad color string: {str} ~
 
 The provided color did not conform to the pattern #rrggbb
 
-							*E458*  >
-  Cannot allocate colormap entry, some colors may be incorrect
+							*E458* 
+  Cannot allocate colormap entry, some colors may be incorrect ~
 
 This means that there are not enough colors available for Vim.  It will still
 run, but some of the colors will not appear in the specified color.  Try
 stopping other applications that use many colors, or start them after starting
 gvim.
 Browsers are known to consume a lot of colors.  You can avoid this with
-netscape by telling it to use its own colormap: >
-	netscape -install
-Or tell it to limit to a certain number of colors (64 should work well): >
-	netscape -ncols 64
-This can also be done with a line in your Xdefaults file: >
-	Netscape*installColormap: Yes
-or >
-	Netscape*maxImageColors:  64
-<
-							*E79*  >
-  Cannot expand wildcards
+netscape by telling it to use its own colormap:
+	netscape -install ~
+Or tell it to limit to a certain number of colors (64 should work well):
+	netscape -ncols 64 ~
+This can also be done with a line in your Xdefaults file:
+	Netscape*installColormap: Yes ~
+or
+	Netscape*maxImageColors:  64 ~
+
+							*E79* 
+  Cannot expand wildcards ~
 
 A filename contains a strange combination of characters, which causes Vim to
 attempt expanding wildcards but this fails.  This does NOT mean that no
 matching file names could be found, but that the pattern was illegal.
 
-							*E459*  >
-  Cannot go back to previous directory
+							*E459* 
+  Cannot go back to previous directory ~
 
 While expanding a file name, Vim failed to go back to the previously used
 directory.  All file names being used may be invalid now!  You need to have
 execute permission on the current directory.
 
-							*E190* *E212*  >
-  Cannot open "{filename}" for writing
-  Can't open file for writing
+							*E190* *E212* 
+  Cannot open "{filename}" for writing ~
+  Can't open file for writing ~
 
 For some reason the file you are writing to cannot be created or overwritten.
 The reason could be that you do not have permission to write in the directory
 or the file name is not valid.
 
-							*E166*  >
-  Can't open linked file for writing
+							*E166* 
+  Can't open linked file for writing ~
 
 You are trying to write to a file which can't be overwritten, and the file is
 a link (either a hard link or a symbolic link).  Writing might still be
@@ -197,20 +198,20 @@ place.  If you really want to write the file under this name, you have to
 manually delete the link or the file, or change the permissions so that Vim
 can overwrite.
 
-							*E46*  >
-  Cannot change read-only variable "{name}"
+							*E46* 
+  Cannot change read-only variable "{name}" ~
 
 You are trying to assign a value to an argument of a function |a:var| or a Vim
 internal variable |v:var| which is read-only.
 
-							*E90*  >
-  Cannot unload last buffer
+							*E90* 
+  Cannot unload last buffer ~
 
 Vim always requires one buffer to be loaded, otherwise there would be nothing
 to display in the window.
 
-							*E40*  >
-  Can't open errorfile <filename>
+							*E40* 
+  Can't open errorfile <filename> ~
 
 When using the ":make" or ":grep" commands: The file used to save the error
 messages or grep output cannot be opened.  This can have several causes:
@@ -222,8 +223,8 @@ messages or grep output cannot be opened.  This can have several causes:
 - The 'grepprg' or 'makeprg' could not be executed.  This cannot always be
   detected (especially on MS-Windows).  Check your $PATH.
 
- >
-  Can't open file C:\TEMP\VIoD243.TMP
+ 
+  Can't open file C:\TEMP\VIoD243.TMP ~
 
 On MS-Windows, this message appears when the output of an external command was
 to be read, but the command didn't run successfully.  This can be caused by
@@ -231,21 +232,21 @@ many things.  Check the 'shell', 'shellquote', 'shellxquote', 'shellslash' and
 related options.  It might also be that the external command was not found,
 there is no different error message for that.
 
-							*E12*  >
-  Command not allowed from exrc/vimrc in current dir or tag search
+							*E12* 
+  Command not allowed from exrc/vimrc in current dir or tag search ~
 
 Some commands are not allowed for security reasons.  These commands mostly
 come from a .exrc or .vimrc file in the current directory, or from a tags
 file.  Also see 'secure'.
 
-							*E74*  >
-  Command too complex
+							*E74* 
+  Command too complex ~
 
 A mapping resulted in a very long command string.  Could be caused by a
 mapping that indirectly calls itself.
 
->
-  CONVERSION ERROR
+
+  CONVERSION ERROR ~
 
 When writing a file and the text "CONVERSION ERROR" appears, this means that
 some bits were lost when converting text from the internally used UTF-8 to the
@@ -257,51 +258,51 @@ If there is a backup file, when 'writebackup' or 'backup' is set, it will not
 be deleted, so you can move it back into place if you want to discard the
 changes.
 
-							*E302*  >
-  Could not rename swap file
+							*E302* 
+  Could not rename swap file ~
 
 When the file name changes, Vim tries to rename the |swap-file| as well.
 This failed and the old swap file is now still used.  Mostly harmless.
 
-							*E43* *E44*  >
-  Damaged match string
-  Corrupted regexp program
+							*E43* *E44* 
+  Damaged match string ~
+  Corrupted regexp program ~
 
 Something inside Vim went wrong and resulted in a corrupted regexp.  If you
 know how to reproduce this problem, please report it. |bugs|
 
-							*E208* *E209* *E210*  >
-  Error writing to "{filename}"
-  Error closing "{filename}"
-  Error reading "{filename}"
+							*E208* *E209* *E210* 
+  Error writing to "{filename}" ~
+  Error closing "{filename}" ~
+  Error reading "{filename}" ~
 
 This occurs when Vim is trying to rename a file, but a simple change of file
 name doesn't work.  Then the file will be copied, but somehow this failed.
 The result may be that both the original file and the destination file exist
 and the destination file may be incomplete.
 
->
-  Vim: Error reading input, exiting...
+
+  Vim: Error reading input, exiting... ~
 
 This occurs when Vim cannot read typed characters while input is required.
 Vim got stuck, the only thing it can do is exit.  This can happen when both
 stdin and stderr are redirected and executing a script that doesn't exit Vim.
 
-							*E47*  >
-  Error while reading errorfile
+							*E47* 
+  Error while reading errorfile ~
 
 Reading the error file was not possible.  This is NOT caused by an error
 message that was not recognized.
 
-							*E80*  >
-  Error while writing
+							*E80* 
+  Error while writing ~
 
 Writing a file was not completed successfully.  The file is probably
 incomplete.
 
-							*E13* *E189*  >
-  File exists (add ! to override)
-  "{filename}" exists (add ! to override)
+							*E13* *E189* 
+  File exists (add ! to override) ~
+  "{filename}" exists (add ! to override) ~
 
 You are protected from accidentally overwriting a file.  When you want to
 write anyway, use the same command, but add a "!" just after the command.
@@ -310,8 +311,8 @@ Example: >
 changes to: >
 	:w! /tmp/test
 <
-							*E768*  >
-  Swap file exists: {filename} (:silent! overrides)
+							*E768* 
+  Swap file exists: {filename} (:silent! overrides) ~
 
 You are protected from overwriting a file that is being edited by Vim.  This
 happens when you use ":w! filename" and a swapfile is found.
@@ -323,115 +324,115 @@ happens when you use ":w! filename" and a swapfile is found.
 < The special command is needed, since you already added the ! for overwriting
   an existing file.
 
-							*E139*  >
-  File is loaded in another buffer
+							*E139* 
+  File is loaded in another buffer ~
 
 You are trying to write a file under a name which is also used in another
 buffer.  This would result in two versions of the same file.
 
-							*E142*  >
-  File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option
+							*E142* 
+  File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option ~
 
 The 'write' option is off.  This makes all commands that try to write a file
 generate this message.  This could be caused by a |-m| commandline argument.
 You can switch the 'write' option on with ":set write".
 
-							*E25*  >
-  GUI cannot be used: Not enabled at compile time
+							*E25* 
+  GUI cannot be used: Not enabled at compile time ~
 
 You are running a version of Vim that doesn't include the GUI code.  Therefore
 "gvim" and ":gui" don't work.
 
-							*E49*  >
-  Invalid scroll size
+							*E49* 
+  Invalid scroll size ~
 
 This is caused by setting an invalid value for the 'scroll', 'scrolljump' or
 'scrolloff' options.
 
-							*E17*  >
-  "{filename}" is a directory
+							*E17* 
+  "{filename}" is a directory ~
 
 You tried to write a file with the name of a directory.  This is not possible.
 You probably need to append a file name.
 
-							*E19*  >
-  Mark has invalid line number
+							*E19* 
+  Mark has invalid line number ~
 
 You are using a mark that has a line number that doesn't exist.  This can
 happen when you have a mark in another file, and some other program has
 deleted lines from it.
 
-							*E219* *E220*  >
-  Missing {.
-  Missing }.
+							*E219* *E220* 
+  Missing {. ~
+  Missing }. ~
 
 Using a {} construct in a file name, but there is a { without a matching } or
 the other way around.  It should be used like this: {foo,bar}.  This matches
 "foo" and "bar".
 
-							*E315*  >
-  ml_get: invalid lnum: {number}
+							*E315* 
+  ml_get: invalid lnum: {number} ~
 
 This is an internal Vim error.  Please try to find out how it can be
 reproduced, and submit a bug report |bugreport.vim|.
 
-							*E173*  >
-  {number} more files to edit
+							*E173* 
+  {number} more files to edit ~
 
 You are trying to exit, while the last item in the argument list has not been
 edited.  This protects you from accidentally exiting when you still have more
 files to work on.  See |argument-list|.  If you do want to exit, just do it
 again and it will work.
 
-							*E23* *E194*  >
-  No alternate file
-  No alternate file name to substitute for '#'
+							*E23* *E194* 
+  No alternate file ~
+  No alternate file name to substitute for '#' ~
 
 The alternate file is not defined yet.  See |alternate-file|.
 
-							*E32*  >
-  No file name
+							*E32* 
+  No file name ~
 
 The current buffer has no name.  To write it, use ":w fname".  Or give the
 buffer a name with ":file fname".
 
-							*E141*  >
-  No file name for buffer {number}
+							*E141* 
+  No file name for buffer {number} ~
 
 One of the buffers that was changed does not have a file name.  Therefore it
 cannot be written.  You need to give the buffer a file name: >
 	:buffer {number}
 	:file {filename}
 <
-							*E33*  >
-  No previous substitute regular expression
+							*E33* 
+  No previous substitute regular expression ~
 
 When using the '~' character in a pattern, it is replaced with the previously
 used pattern in a ":substitute" command.  This fails when no such command has
 been used yet.  See |/~|.  This also happens when using ":s/pat/%/", where the
 "%" stands for the previous substitute string.
 
-							*E35*  >
-  No previous regular expression
+							*E35* 
+  No previous regular expression ~
 
 When using an empty search pattern, the previous search pattern is used.  But
 that is not possible if there was no previous search.
 
-							*E24*  >
-  No such abbreviation
+							*E24* 
+  No such abbreviation ~
 
 You have used an ":unabbreviate" command with an argument which is not an
 existing abbreviation.  All variations of this command give the same message:
 ":cunabbrev", ":iunabbrev", etc.  Check for trailing white space.
 
->
-  /dev/dsp: No such file or directory
+
+  /dev/dsp: No such file or directory ~
 
 Only given for GTK GUI with Gnome support.  Gnome tries to use the audio
 device and it isn't present.  You can ignore this error.
 
-							*E31*  >
-  No such mapping
+							*E31*
+  No such mapping ~
 
 You have used an ":unmap" command with an argument which is not an existing
 mapping.  All variations of this command give the same message: ":cunmap",
@@ -440,9 +441,9 @@ mapping.  All variations of this command give the same message: ":cunmap",
 - If the mapping is buffer-local you need to use ":unmap <buffer>".
   |:map-<buffer>|
 
-							*E37* *E89*  >
-  No write since last change (add ! to override)
-  No write since last change for buffer {N} (add ! to override)
+							*E37* *E89* 
+  No write since last change (add ! to override) ~
+  No write since last change for buffer {N} (add ! to override) ~
 
 You are trying to |abandon| a file that has changes.  Vim protects you from
 losing your work.  You can either write the changed file with ":w", or, if you
@@ -452,8 +453,8 @@ adding a '!' character just after the command you used.  Example: >
 changes to: >
 	:e! other_file
 <
-							*E162*  >
-  No write since last change for buffer "{name}"
+							*E162* 
+  No write since last change for buffer "{name}" ~
 
 This appears when you try to exit Vim while some buffers are changed.  You
 will either have to write the changed buffer (with |:w|), or use a command to
@@ -461,23 +462,23 @@ abandon the buffer forcefully, e.g., with ":qa!".  Careful, make sure you
 don't throw away changes you really want to keep.  You might have forgotten
 about a buffer, especially when 'hidden' is set.
 
->
-  [No write since last change]
+
+  [No write since last change] ~
 
 This appears when executing a shell command while at least one buffer was
 changed.  To avoid the message reset the 'warn' option.
 
-							*E38*  >
-  Null argument
+							*E38* 
+  Null argument ~
 
 Something inside Vim went wrong and resulted in a NULL pointer.  If you know
 how to reproduce this problem, please report it. |bugs|
 
-						*E41* *E82* *E83* *E342*  >
-  Out of memory!
-  Out of memory!  (allocating {number} bytes)
-  Cannot allocate any buffer, exiting...
-  Cannot allocate buffer, using other one...
+						*E41* *E82* *E83* *E342* 
+  Out of memory! ~
+  Out of memory!  (allocating {number} bytes) ~
+  Cannot allocate any buffer, exiting... ~
+  Cannot allocate buffer, using other one... ~
 
 Oh, oh.  You must have been doing something complicated, or some other program
 is consuming your memory.  Be careful!  Vim is not completely prepared for an
@@ -495,16 +496,16 @@ in memory, you can reduce that with these options:
   helps for a change that affects all lines.
 - 'undoreload' Set to zero to disable.
 
-							*E339*  >
-  Pattern too long
+							*E339* 
+  Pattern too long ~
 
 This happens on systems with 16 bit ints: The compiled regexp pattern is
 longer than about 65000 characters.  Try using a shorter pattern.
 It also happens when the offset of a rule doesn't fit in the space available.
 Try simplifying the pattern.
 
-							*E45*  >
-  'readonly' option is set (add ! to override)
+							*E45* 
+  'readonly' option is set (add ! to override) ~
 
 You are trying to write a file that was marked as read-only.  To write the
 file anyway, either reset the 'readonly' option, or add a '!' character just
@@ -513,18 +514,18 @@ after the command you used.  Example: >
 changes to: >
 	:w!
 <
-							*E294* *E295* *E301*  >
-  Read error in swap file
-  Seek error in swap file read
-  Oops, lost the swap file!!!
+							*E294* *E295* *E301* 
+  Read error in swap file ~
+  Seek error in swap file read ~
+  Oops, lost the swap file!!! ~
 
 Vim tried to read text from the |swap-file|, but something went wrong.  The
 text in the related buffer may now be corrupted!  Check carefully before you
 write a buffer.  You may want to write it in another file and check for
 differences.
 
-							*E192*  >
-  Recursive use of :normal too deep
+							*E192* 
+  Recursive use of :normal too deep ~
 
 You are using a ":normal" command, whose argument again uses a ":normal"
 command in a recursive way.  This is restricted to 'maxmapdepth' levels.  This
@@ -532,16 +533,16 @@ example illustrates how to get this message: >
 	:map gq :normal gq<CR>
 If you type "gq", it will execute this mapping, which will call "gq" again.
 
-							*E22*  >
-  Scripts nested too deep
+							*E22* 
+  Scripts nested too deep ~
 
-Scripts can be read with the "-s" command-line argument and with the ":source"
-command.  The script can then again read another script.  This can continue
-for about 14 levels.  When more nesting is done, Vim assumes that there is a
-recursive loop somewhere and stops with this error message.
+Scripts can be read with the "-s" command-line argument and with the
+`:source!` command.  The script can then again read another script.  This can
+continue for about 14 levels.  When more nesting is done, Vim assumes that
+there is a recursive loop and stops with this error message.
 
-							*E319*  >
-  Sorry, the command is not available in this version
+							*E319* 
+  Sorry, the command is not available in this version ~
 
 You have used a command that is not present in the version of Vim you are
 using.  When compiling Vim, many different features can be enabled or
@@ -549,8 +550,8 @@ disabled.  This depends on how big Vim has chosen to be and the operating
 system.  See |+feature-list| for when which feature is available.  The
 |:version| command shows which feature Vim was compiled with.
 
-							*E300*  >
-  Swap file already exists (symlink attack?)
+							*E300* 
+  Swap file already exists (symlink attack?) ~
 
 This message appears when Vim is trying to open a swap file and finds it
 already exists or finds a symbolic link in its place.  This shouldn't happen,
@@ -559,8 +560,8 @@ opened the same file at exactly the same moment (very unlikely) or someone is
 attempting a symlink attack (could happen when editing a file in /tmp or when
 'directory' starts with "/tmp", which is a bad choice).
 
-							*E432*  >
-  Tags file not sorted: {file name}
+							*E432* 
+  Tags file not sorted: {file name} ~
 
 Vim (and Vi) expect tags files to be sorted in ASCII order.  Binary searching
 can then be used, which is a lot faster than a linear search.  If your tags
@@ -569,21 +570,21 @@ This message is only given when Vim detects a problem when searching for a
 tag.  Sometimes this message is not given, even though the tags file is not
 properly sorted.
 
-							*E424*  >
-  Too many different highlighting attributes in use
+							*E424* 
+  Too many different highlighting attributes in use ~
 
 Vim can only handle about 223 different kinds of highlighting.  If you run
 into this limit, you have used too many |:highlight| commands with different
 arguments.  A ":highlight link" is not counted.
 
-							*E77*  >
-  Too many file names
+							*E77* 
+  Too many file names ~
 
 When expanding file names, more than one match was found.  Only one match is
 allowed for the command that was used.
 
-							*E303*  >
-  Unable to open swap file for "{filename}", recovery impossible
+							*E303* 
+  Unable to open swap file for "{filename}", recovery impossible ~
 
 Vim was not able to create a swap file.  You can still edit the file, but if
 Vim unexpectedly exits the changes will be lost.  And Vim may consume a lot of
@@ -591,25 +592,25 @@ memory when editing a big file.  You may want to change the 'directory' option
 to avoid this error.  This error is not given when 'directory' is empty.  See
 |swap-file|.
 
-							*E140*  >
-  Use ! to write partial buffer
+							*E140* 
+  Use ! to write partial buffer ~
 
 When using a range to write part of a buffer, it is unusual to overwrite the
 original file.  It is probably a mistake (e.g., when Visual mode was active
 when using ":w"), therefore Vim requires using a !  after the command, e.g.:
 ":3,10w!".
->
 
-  Warning: Cannot convert string "<Key>Escape,_Key_Cancel" to type
-  VirtualBinding
+
+  Warning: Cannot convert string "<Key>Escape,_Key_Cancel" to type ~
+  VirtualBinding ~
 
 Messages like this appear when starting up.  This is not a Vim problem, your
 X11 configuration is wrong.  You can find a hint on how to solve this here:
 http://groups.yahoo.com/group/solarisonintel/message/12179.
 [this URL is no longer valid]
 
-							*W10*  >
-  Warning: Changing a readonly file
+							*W10* 
+  Warning: Changing a readonly file ~
 
 The file is read-only and you are making a change to it anyway.  You can use
 the |FileChangedRO| autocommand event to avoid this message (the autocommand
@@ -617,15 +618,15 @@ must reset the 'readonly' option).  See 'modifiable' to completely disallow
 making changes to a file.
 This message is only given for the first change after 'readonly' has been set.
 
-							*W13*  >
-  Warning: File "{filename}" has been created after editing started
+							*W13* 
+  Warning: File "{filename}" has been created after editing started ~
 
 You are editing a file in Vim when it didn't exist, but it does exist now.
 You will have to decide if you want to keep the version in Vim or the newly
 created file.  This message is not given when 'buftype' is not empty.
 
-							*W11*  >
-  Warning: File "{filename}" has changed since editing started
+							*W11* 
+  Warning: File "{filename}" has changed since editing started ~
 
 The file which you have started editing has got another timestamp and the
 contents changed (more precisely: When reading the file again with the current
@@ -648,15 +649,15 @@ starts.  It can be fixed in one of these ways:
 If you get W11 all the time, you may need to disable "Acronis Active
 Protection" or register Vim as a trusted service/application.
 
-							*W12*  >
-  Warning: File "{filename}" has changed and the buffer was changed in Vim as well
+							*W12* 
+  Warning: File "{filename}" has changed and the buffer was changed in Vim as well ~
 
 Like the above, and the buffer for the file was changed in this Vim as well.
 You will have to decide if you want to keep the version in this Vim or the one
 on disk.  This message is not given when 'buftype' is not empty.
 
-							*W16*  >
-  Warning: Mode of file "{filename}" has changed since editing started
+							*W16* 
+  Warning: Mode of file "{filename}" has changed since editing started ~
 
 When the timestamp for a buffer was changed and the contents are still the
 same but the mode (permissions) have changed.  This usually occurs when
@@ -664,37 +665,37 @@ checking out a file from a version control system, which causes the read-only
 bit to be reset.  It should be safe to reload the file.  Set 'autoread' to
 automatically reload the file.
 
-							*E211*  >
-  File "{filename}" no longer available
+							*E211* 
+  File "{filename}" no longer available ~
 
 The file which you have started editing has disappeared, or is no longer
 accessible.  Make sure you write the buffer somewhere to avoid losing
 changes.  This message is not given when 'buftype' is not empty.
 
-							*W14*  >
-  Warning: List of file names overflow
+							*W14* 
+  Warning: List of file names overflow ~
 
 You must be using an awful lot of buffers.  It's now possible that two buffers
 have the same number, which causes various problems.  You might want to exit
 Vim and restart it.
 
-							*E931*  >
-  Buffer cannot be registered
+							*E931* 
+  Buffer cannot be registered ~
 
 Out of memory or a duplicate buffer number.  May happen after W14.  Looking up
 a buffer will not always work, better restart Vim.
 
-							*E296* *E297*  >
-  Seek error in swap file write
-  Write error in swap file
+							*E296* *E297* 
+  Seek error in swap file write ~
+  Write error in swap file ~
 
 This mostly happens when the disk is full.  Vim could not write text into the
 |swap-file|.  It's not directly harmful, but when Vim unexpectedly exits some
 text may be lost without recovery being possible.  Vim might run out of memory
 when this problem persists.
 
-						*connection-refused*  >
-  Xlib: connection to "<machine-name:0.0" refused by server
+						*connection-refused* 
+  Xlib: connection to "<machine-name:0.0" refused by server ~
 
 This happens when Vim tries to connect to the X server, but the X server does
 not allow a connection.  The connection to the X server is needed to be able
@@ -702,54 +703,56 @@ to restore the title and for the xterm clipboard support.  Unfortunately this
 error message cannot be avoided, except by disabling the |+xterm_clipboard|
 and |+X11| features.
 
-							*E10*  >
-  \\ should be followed by /, ? or &
+							*E10* 
+  \\ should be followed by /, ? or & ~
 
 A command line started with a backslash or the range of a command contained a
 backslash in a wrong place.  This is often caused by command-line continuation
 being disabled.  Remove the 'C' flag from the 'cpoptions' option to enable it.
 Or use ":set nocp".
 
-							*E471*  >
-  Argument required
+							*E471* 
+  Argument required ~
 
 This happens when an Ex command with mandatory argument(s) was executed, but
 no argument has been specified.
 
-							*E474* *E475* *E983*  >
-  Invalid argument
-  Invalid argument: {arg}
-  Duplicate argument: {arg}
+							*E474* *E475* *E983* 
+  Invalid argument ~
+  Invalid argument: {arg} ~
+  Duplicate argument: {arg} ~
 
 An Ex command or function has been executed, but an invalid argument has been
 specified.
 
-							*E488*  >
-  Trailing characters
+							*E488* 
+  Trailing characters ~
+  Trailing characters: {text} ~
 
 An argument has been added to an Ex command that does not permit one.
+Or the argument has invalid characters and has not been recognized.
 
-							*E477* *E478*  >
-  No ! allowed
-  Don't panic!
+							*E477* *E478* 
+  No ! allowed ~
+  Don't panic! ~
 
 You have added a "!" after an Ex command that doesn't permit one.
 
-							*E481*  >
-  No range allowed
+							*E481* 
+  No range allowed ~
 
 A range was specified for an Ex command that doesn't permit one.  See
 |cmdline-ranges|.
 
-							*E482* *E483*  >
-  Can't create file {filename}
-  Can't get temp file name
+							*E482* *E483* 
+  Can't create file {filename} ~
+  Can't get temp file name ~
 
 Vim cannot create a temporary file.
 
-							*E484* *E485*  >
-  Can't open file {filename}
-  Can't read file {filename}
+							*E484* *E485* 
+  Can't open file {filename} ~
+  Can't read file {filename} ~
 
 Vim cannot read a temporary file.  Especially on Windows, this can be caused
 by wrong escaping of special characters for cmd.exe; the approach was
@@ -757,8 +760,8 @@ changed with patch 7.3.443.  Try using |shellescape()| for all shell arguments
 given to |system()|, or explicitly add escaping with ^.  Also see
 'shellxquote' and 'shellxescape'.
 
-							*E464*  >
-  Ambiguous use of user-defined command
+							*E464* 
+  Ambiguous use of user-defined command ~
 
 There are two user-defined commands with a common name prefix, and you used
 Command-line completion to execute one of them. |user-cmd-ambiguous|
@@ -767,23 +770,22 @@ Example: >
 	:command MyCommand2 echo "two"
 	:MyCommand
 <
-							*E492*  >
-  Not an editor command
+							*E492* 
+  Not an editor command ~
 
 You tried to execute a command that is neither an Ex command nor
 a user-defined command.
 
-							*E943*  >
-  Command table needs to be updated, run 'make cmdidxs'
+							*E943* 
+  Command table needs to be updated, run 'make cmdidxs' ~
 
 This can only happen when changing the source code, when adding a command in
 src/ex_cmds.h.  The lookup table then needs to be updated, by running: >
 	make cmdidxs
 <
-						*E928* *E889* *E839*  >
-  E928: String required
-  E889: Number required
-  E839: Bool required
+						*E928* *E889* 
+  E928: String required ~
+  E889: Number required ~
 
 These happen when a value or expression is used that does not have the
 expected type.
@@ -796,7 +798,7 @@ This is an (incomplete) overview of various messages that Vim gives:
 			*hit-enter* *press-enter* *hit-return*
 			*press-return* *hit-enter-prompt*
 
-  Press ENTER or type command to continue
+  Press ENTER or type command to continue ~
 
 This message is given when there is something on the screen for you to read,
 and the screen is about to be redrawn:
@@ -840,9 +842,9 @@ Also see 'mouse'.  The hit-enter message is highlighted with the |hl-Question|
 group.
 
 
-						*more-prompt* *pager*  >
-  -- More --
-  -- More -- SPACE/d/j: screen/page/line down, b/u/k: up, q: quit
+						*more-prompt* *pager* 
+  -- More -- ~
+  -- More -- SPACE/d/j: screen/page/line down, b/u/k: up, q: quit ~
 
 This message is given when the screen is filled with messages.  It is only
 given when the 'more' option is on.  It is highlighted with the |hl-MoreMsg|

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jun 13
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -33,7 +33,8 @@ know what the hjkl keys do.  The mnemonic value of hjkl is clear from looking
 at the keyboard.  Think of j as an arrow pointing downwards.
 
 The 'virtualedit' option can be set to make it possible to move the cursor to
-positions where there is no character or halfway a character.
+positions where there is no character or within a multi-column character (like
+a tab).
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Motions and operators				*operator*
@@ -386,6 +387,8 @@ w			[count] words forward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 <C-Right>	or					*<C-Right>* *W*
 W			[count] WORDS forward.  |exclusive| motion.
+			If <C-Right> does not work, check out
+			|arrow_modifiers|.
 
 							*e*
 e			Forward to the end of word [count] |inclusive|.
@@ -400,6 +403,8 @@ b			[count] words backward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 <C-Left>	or					*<C-Left>* *B*
 B			[count] WORDS backward.  |exclusive| motion.
+			If <C-Left> does not work, check out
+			|arrow_modifiers|.
 
 							*ge*
 ge			Backward to the end of word [count] |inclusive|.
@@ -441,35 +446,35 @@ between Vi and Vim.
 5. Text object motions					*object-motions*
 
 							*(*
-(			[count] sentences backward.  |exclusive| motion.
+(			[count] |sentence|s backward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*)*
-)			[count] sentences forward.  |exclusive| motion.
+)			[count] |sentence|s forward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*{*
-{			[count] paragraphs backward.  |exclusive| motion.
+{			[count] |paragraph|s backward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*}*
-}			[count] paragraphs forward.  |exclusive| motion.
+}			[count] |paragraph|s forward.  |exclusive| motion.
 
 							*]]*
-]]			[count] sections forward or to the next '{' in the
+]]			[count] |section|s forward or to the next '{' in the
 			first column.  When used after an operator, then also
 			stops below a '}' in the first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
 							*][*
-][			[count] sections forward or to the next '}' in the
+][			[count] |section|s forward or to the next '}' in the
 			first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
 							*[[*
-[[			[count] sections backward or to the previous '{' in
+[[			[count] |section|s backward or to the previous '{' in
 			the first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
 							*[]*
-[]			[count] sections backward or to the previous '}' in
+[]			[count] |section|s backward or to the previous '}' in
 			the first column.  |exclusive|
 			Note that |exclusive-linewise| often applies.
 
@@ -784,6 +789,9 @@ m<  or  m>		Set the |'<| or |'>| mark.  Useful to change what the
 						*:k*
 :[range]k{a-zA-Z'}	Same as :mark, but the space before the mark name can
 			be omitted.
+			This command is not supported in |Vim9| script,
+			because it is too easily confused with a variable
+			name.
 
 						*'* *'a* *`* *`a*
 '{a-z}  `{a-z}		Jump to the mark {a-z} in the current buffer.
@@ -1012,7 +1020,7 @@ These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
 				:let lnum = line(".")
 				:keepjumps normal gg
 				:call SetLastChange()
-				:keepjumps exe "normal " . lnum . "G"
+				:keepjumps exe "normal " .. lnum .. "G"
 <
 			Note that ":keepjumps" must be used for every command.
 			When invoking a function the commands in that function
@@ -1034,12 +1042,10 @@ commands that start editing a new file.
 							*CTRL-O*
 CTRL-O			Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list
 			(not a motion command).
-			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 
 <Tab>		or					*CTRL-I* *<Tab>*
 CTRL-I			Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
 			(not a motion command).
-			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 
 			NOTE: In the GUI and in a terminal supporting
 			|modifyOtherKeys|, CTRL-I can be mapped separately
@@ -1049,18 +1055,15 @@ CTRL-I			Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
 
 							*:ju* *:jumps*
 :ju[mps]		Print the jump list (not a motion command).
-			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 
 							*:cle* *:clearjumps*
 :cle[arjumps]		Clear the jump list of the current window.
-			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 
 							*jumplist*
 Jumps are remembered in a jump list.  With the CTRL-O and CTRL-I command you
 can go to cursor positions before older jumps, and back again.  Thus you can
 move up and down the list.  There is a separate jump list for each window.
 The maximum number of entries is fixed at 100.
-{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 
 For example, after three jump commands you have this jump list:
 
@@ -1074,6 +1077,9 @@ The "file/text" column shows the file name, or the text at the jump if it is
 in the current file (an indent is removed and a long line is truncated to fit
 in the window).
 
+The marker ">" indicates the current position in the jumplist.  It may not be
+shown when filtering the |:jumps| command using |:filter|
+
 You are currently in line 1167.  If you then use the CTRL-O command, the
 cursor is put in line 1154.  This results in:
 
@@ -1137,13 +1143,11 @@ g;			Go to [count] older position in change list.
 			positions go to the oldest change.
 			If there is no older change an error message is given.
 			(not a motion command)
-			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 
 							*g,* *E663*
 g,			Go to [count] newer cursor position in change list.
 			Just like |g;| but in the opposite direction.
 			(not a motion command)
-			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 
 When using a count you jump as far back or forward as possible.  Thus you can
 use "999g;" to go to the first change for which the position is still

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 02
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ In case you do not want the NetBeans interface you can disable it by
 uncommenting a line with "--disable-netbeans" in the Makefile.
 
 Currently the NetBeans interface is supported by Vim running in a terminal and
-by gvim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows,
-Athena and Motif.
+by gvim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows
+and Motif.
 
 							*netbeans-xpm*
 If Motif support is required the user must supply XPM libraries.
-The XPM library is required to show images within Vim with Motif or Athena.
+The XPM library is required to show images within Vim with Motif.
 Without it the toolbar and signs will be disabled.
 
 The XPM library is provided by Arnaud Le Hors of the French National Institute

runtime/doc/os_dos.txt

@@ -342,12 +342,12 @@ PowerShell Execution Policy settings.
 See |option-backslash| about including spaces in 'shellcmdflag' when using
 multiple flags.
 
-The 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir' option values re-encode the UTF-16le output
+The 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir' option values re-encode the UTF-16LE output
 from PowerShell Desktop to your currently configured console codepage.  The
 output can be forced into a different encoding by changing "default" to one of
 the following:
 
-	unicode		 - UTF-16le (default output from PowerShell 5.1)
+	unicode		 - UTF-16LE (default output from PowerShell 5.1)
 	bigendianunicode - UTF-16
 	utf8		 - UTF-8
 	utf7		 - UTF-7 (no BOM)
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ the following:
 	default		 - System's active code page (typically ANSI)
 	oem		 - System's current OEM code page
 
-Note The abovce multi-byte Unicode encodings include a leading BOM unless
+Note The above multi-byte Unicode encodings include a leading BOM unless
 otherwise indicated.
 
 By default PowerShell Core's output is UTF-8 encoded without a BOM.  If you
@@ -365,10 +365,10 @@ want to force the output of PowerShell Core into a different encoding then set
 encoding is one of the following:
 
 	ascii		 - 7-bit ASCII character set
-	bigendianunicode - UTF-16be
-	bigendianutf32	 - UTF-32be
+	bigendianunicode - UTF-16BE
+	bigendianutf32	 - UTF-32BE
 	oem		 - System's current OEM code page
-	unicode		 - UTF-16le
+	unicode		 - UTF-16LE
 	utf7		 - UTF-7
 	utf8		 - UTF-8
 	utf8BOM		 - UTF-8, with BOM

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -603,13 +603,13 @@ program to the new diff on VMS.  Add this to your .vimrc file: >
 	function MyDiff()
 	   let opt = ""
 	   if &diffopt =~ "icase"
-	     let opt = opt . "-i "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-i "
 	   endif
 	   if &diffopt =~ "iwhite"
-	     let opt = opt . "-b "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-b "
 	   endif
-	   silent execute "!mc GNU:diff.exe -a " . opt . v:fname_in . " " .  v:fname_new .
-		\  " > " . v:fname_out
+	   silent execute "!mc GNU:diff.exe -a " .. opt .. v:fname_in .. " " ..  v:fname_new ..
+		\  " > " .. v:fname_out
 	endfunction
       endif
 

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Apr 05
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start". For
        /b    no console window will be opened
    You can use only one of these flags at a time.  A second one will be
    treated as the start of the command.
-
+						*windows-asynchronously*
 Q. How do I avoid getting a window for programs that I run asynchronously?
 A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
    1) You may use the /min flag in order to run program in a minimized state
@@ -308,17 +308,17 @@ A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
 
    Example for a console application, run Exuberant ctags: >
         :!start /min ctags -R .
-<  When it has finished you should see file named "tags" in your current
+<   When it has finished you should see file named "tags" in your current
    directory.  You should notice the window title blinking on your taskbar.
    This is more noticeable for commands that take longer.
    Now delete the "tags" file and run this command: >
         :!start /b ctags -R .
-<  You should have the same "tags" file, but this time there will be no
+<   You should have the same "tags" file, but this time there will be no
    blinking on the taskbar.
    Example for a GUI application: >
         :!start /min notepad
         :!start /b notepad
-<  The first command runs notepad minimized and the second one runs it
+<   The first command runs notepad minimized and the second one runs it
    normally.
 
 						*windows-icon*

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jul 16
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 8. Composing characters		|patterns-composing|
 9. Compare with Perl patterns	|perl-patterns|
 10. Highlighting matches	|match-highlight|
-11. Fuzzy matching		|fuzzy-match|
+11. Fuzzy matching		|fuzzy-matching|
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Search commands				*search-commands*
@@ -164,9 +164,12 @@ index, on which the cursor is. This can look like this: >
 Note: the count does not take offset into account.
 
 When no match is found you get the error: *E486* Pattern not found
-Note that for the |:global| command this behaves like a normal message, for Vi
-compatibility.  For the |:s| command the "e" flag can be used to avoid the
-error message |:s_flags|.
+Note that for the `:global` command, when used in legacy script, you get a
+normal message "Pattern not found", for Vi compatibility.
+In |Vim9| script you get E486 for "pattern not found" or *E538* when the pattern
+matches in every line with `:vglobal`.
+For the |:s| command the "e" flag can be used to avoid the error message
+|:s_flags|.
 
 					*search-offset* *{offset}*
 These commands search for the specified pattern.  With "/" and "?" an
@@ -315,7 +318,7 @@ the pattern.
 ==============================================================================
 2. The definition of a pattern		*search-pattern* *pattern* *[pattern]*
 					*regular-expression* *regexp* *Pattern*
-					*E76* *E383* *E476*
+					*E383* *E476*
 
 For starters, read chapter 27 of the user manual |usr_27.txt|.
 
@@ -925,13 +928,13 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	becomes invalid.  Vim doesn't automatically update the matches.
 	Similar to moving the cursor for "\%#" |/\%#|.
 
-						*/\%l* */\%>l* */\%<l* *E951*
+					*/\%l* */\%>l* */\%<l* *E951* *E1204*
 \%23l	Matches in a specific line.
 \%<23l	Matches above a specific line (lower line number).
 \%>23l	Matches below a specific line (higher line number).
-\%.l    Matches at the cursor line.
-\%<.l   Matches above the cursor line.
-\%>.l   Matches below the cursor line.
+\%.l	Matches at the cursor line.
+\%<.l	Matches above the cursor line.
+\%>.l	Matches below the cursor line.
 	These six can be used to match specific lines in a buffer.  The "23"
 	can be any line number.  The first line is 1.
 	WARNING: When inserting or deleting lines Vim does not automatically
@@ -950,9 +953,9 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 \%23c	Matches in a specific column.
 \%<23c	Matches before a specific column.
 \%>23c	Matches after a specific column.
-\%.c    Matches at the cursor column.
-\%<.c   Matches before the cursor column.
-\%>.c   Matches after the cursor column.
+\%.c	Matches at the cursor column.
+\%<.c	Matches before the cursor column.
+\%>.c	Matches after the cursor column.
 	These six can be used to match specific columns in a buffer or string.
 	The "23" can be any column number.  The first column is 1.  Actually,
 	the column is the byte number (thus it's not exactly right for
@@ -963,7 +966,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	the cursor moves the display isn't updated for this change.  An update
 	is done when using the |CTRL-L| command (the whole screen is updated).
 	Example, to highlight the column where the cursor currently is: >
-		:exe '/\%' . col(".") . 'c'
+		:exe '/\%' .. col(".") .. 'c'
 <	Alternatively use: >
 		/\%.c
 <	When 'hlsearch' is set and you move the cursor around and make changes
@@ -976,9 +979,9 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 \%23v	Matches in a specific virtual column.
 \%<23v	Matches before a specific virtual column.
 \%>23v	Matches after a specific virtual column.
-\%.v    Matches at the current virtual column.
-\%<.v   Matches before the current virtual column.
-\%>.v   Matches after the current virtual column.
+\%.v	Matches at the current virtual column.
+\%<.v	Matches before the current virtual column.
+\%>.v	Matches after the current virtual column.
 	These six can be used to match specific virtual columns in a buffer or
 	string.  When not matching with a buffer in a window, the option
 	values of the current window are used (e.g., 'tabstop').
@@ -1070,6 +1073,8 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
 
 \(\)	A pattern enclosed by escaped parentheses.	*/\(* */\(\)* */\)*
 	E.g., "\(^a\)" matches 'a' at the start of a line.
+	There can only be ten of these.  You can use "\%(" to add more, but
+	not counting it as a sub-expression.
 	*E51* *E54* *E55* *E872* *E873*
 
 \1      Matches the same string that was matched by	*/\1* *E65*
@@ -1092,7 +1097,7 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 \x	A backslash followed by a single character, with no special meaning,
 	is reserved for future expansions
 
-[]	(with 'nomagic': \[])		*/[]* */\[]* */\_[]* */collection*
+[]	(with 'nomagic': \[])		*/[]* */\[]* */\_[]* */collection* *E76*
 \_[]
 	A collection.  This is a sequence of characters enclosed in square
 	brackets.  It matches any single character in the collection.
@@ -1455,7 +1460,7 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
 		":2match" for another plugin.
 
 ==============================================================================
-11. Fuzzy matching					*fuzzy-match*
+11. Fuzzy matching					*fuzzy-matching*
 
 Fuzzy matching refers to matching strings using a non-exact search string.
 Fuzzy matching will match a string, if all the characters in the search string
@@ -1488,5 +1493,4 @@ the matching positions and the fuzzy match scores.
 The "f" flag of `:vimgrep` enables fuzzy matching.
 
 
-
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Aug 16
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ itself:
      fun! NetReadFixup(method, line1, line2)
        if method == 3   " ftp (no <.netrc>)
         let fourblanklines= line2 - 3
-        silent fourblanklines.",".line2."g/^\s*/d"
+        silent fourblanklines .. "," .. line2 .. "g/^\s*/d"
        endif
      endfunction
     endif
@@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ To use this function, simply assign its output to |g:netrw_list_hide| option.  >
 	Example: let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide('my_gitignore_file')
 		Function can take additional files with git-ignore patterns.
 
-	Example: g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide() . '.*\.swp$'
+	Example: let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide() .. '.*\.swp$'
 		Combining 'netrw_gitignore#Hide' with custom patterns.
 <
 
@@ -2815,7 +2815,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				= 2: wide listing (multiple files in columns)
 				= 3: tree style listing
 
-  *g:netrw_list_hide*		comma separated pattern list for hiding files
+  *g:netrw_list_hide*		comma-separated pattern list for hiding files
 				Patterns are regular expressions (see |regexp|)
 				There's some special support for git-ignore
 				files: you may add the output from the helper
@@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 
 				Examples:
 				 let g:netrw_list_hide= '.*\.swp$'
-				 let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide().'.*\.swp$'
+				 let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide() .. '.*\.swp$'
 				default: ""
 
   *g:netrw_localcopycmd*	="cp"           Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Aug 15
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ A popup window has a window-ID like other windows, but behaves differently.
 The size can be up to the whole Vim window and it overlaps other windows.
 Popup windows can also overlap each other.  The "zindex" property specifies
 what goes on top of what.
-
+							*E366*
 The popup window contains a buffer, and that buffer is always associated with
 the popup window.  The window cannot be in Normal, Visual or Insert mode, it
 does not get keyboard focus.  You can use functions like `setbufline()` to
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
 
 
 popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
-		Open a popup window showing {what}, which is either:
+		Open a popup window showing {what}, which is either: *E450*
 		- a buffer number
 		- a string
 		- a list of strings
@@ -271,6 +271,11 @@ popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
 		'buftype' set to "popup".  That buffer will be wiped out once
 		the popup closes.
 
+		if {what} is a buffer number and loading the buffer runs into
+		an existing swap file, it is silently opened read-only, as if
+		a |SwapExists| autocommand had set |v:swapchoice| to 'o'.
+		This is because we assume the buffer is only used for viewing.
+
 		{options} is a dictionary with many possible entries.
 		See |popup_create-arguments| for details.
 
@@ -681,6 +686,9 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			popup does not have a border. As soon as dragging
 			starts and "pos" is "center" it is changed to
 			"topleft".
+	dragall		TRUE to allow the popup to be dragged from every
+			position.  Makes it very difficult to select text in
+			the popup.
 	resize		TRUE to allow the popup to be resized with the mouse
 			by grabbing at the bottom right corner.  Has no effect
 			if the popup does not have a border.

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*print.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Oct 04
+*print.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -139,28 +139,28 @@ If there is no error, return zero or an empty string.
 The default for non MS-Windows or VMS systems is to simply use "lpr" to print
 the file: >
 
-    system('lpr' . (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' -P' . &printdevice)
-	. ' ' . v:fname_in) . delete(v:fname_in) + v:shell_error
+    system('lpr' .. (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' -P' .. &printdevice)
+	.. ' ' .. v:fname_in) .. delete(v:fname_in) + v:shell_error
 
 On MS-Windows machines the default is to copy the file to the currently
 specified printdevice: >
 
-    system('copy' . ' ' . v:fname_in . (&printdevice == ''
-		? ' LPT1:' : (' \"' . &printdevice . '\"')))
-		. delete(v:fname_in)
+    system('copy' .. ' ' .. v:fname_in .. (&printdevice == ''
+		? ' LPT1:' : (' \"' .. &printdevice .. '\"')))
+		.. delete(v:fname_in)
 
 On VMS machines the default is to send the file to either the default or
 currently specified printdevice: >
 
-    system('print' . (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' /queue=' .
-		&printdevice) . ' ' . v:fname_in) . delete(v:fname_in)
+    system('print' .. (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' /queue=' ..
+		&printdevice) .. ' ' .. v:fname_in) .. delete(v:fname_in)
 
 If you change this option, using a function is an easy way to avoid having to
 escape all the spaces.  Example: >
 
 	:set printexpr=PrintFile(v:fname_in)
 	:function PrintFile(fname)
-	:  call system("ghostview " . a:fname)
+	:  call system("ghostview " .. a:fname)
 	:  call delete(a:fname)
 	:  return v:shell_error
 	:endfunc
@@ -174,6 +174,13 @@ an error message.  In that case Vim will delete the file.  In the default
 value for non-MS-Windows a trick is used: Adding "v:shell_error" will result
 in a non-zero number when the system() call fails.
 
+If the expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced with the
+script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
+		set printexpr=s:MyPrintFile()
+		set printexpr=<SID>SomePrintFile()
+Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script where the
+option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+
 This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for security
 reasons.
 

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 May 22
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			[!] is not used.  It works like ":qall!" |:qall|,
 			except that Vim returns a non-zero exit code.
 
-							*:cf* *:cfile*
+							*:cf* *:cfi* *:cfile*
 :cf[ile][!] [errorfile]	Read the error file and jump to the first error.
 			This is done automatically when Vim is started with
 			the -q option.  You can use this command when you
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			cursor position will not be changed. See |:cexpr| for
 			more information.
 			Example: >
-    :g/mypattern/caddexpr expand("%") . ":" . line(".") .  ":" . getline(".")
+    :g/mypattern/caddexpr expand("%") .. ":" .. line(".") ..  ":" .. getline(".")
 <
 						*:lad* *:addd* *:laddexpr*
 :lad[dexpr] {expr}	Same as ":caddexpr", except the location list for the
@@ -654,6 +654,27 @@ quickfix window.  If there already is a window for that file, it is used
 instead.  If the buffer in the used window has changed, and the error is in
 another file, jumping to the error will fail.  You will first have to make
 sure the window contains a buffer which can be abandoned.
+
+When you select a file from the quickfix window, the following steps are used
+to find a window to edit the file:
+
+1. If a window displaying the selected file is present in the current tabpage
+   (starting with the window before the quickfix window), then that window is
+   used.
+2. If the above step fails and if 'switchbuf' contains "usetab" and a window
+   displaying the selected file is present in any one of the tabpages
+   (starting with the first tabpage) then that window is used.
+3. If the above step fails then a window in the current tabpage displaying a
+   buffer with 'buftype' not set (starting with the window before the quickfix
+   window) is used.
+4. If the above step fails and if 'switchbuf' contains "uselast", then the
+   previously accessed window is used.
+5. If the above step fails then the window before the quickfix window is used.
+   If there is no previous window, then the window after the quickfix window
+   is used.
+6. If the above step fails, then a new horizontally split window above the
+   quickfix window is used.
+
 					*CTRL-W_<Enter>* *CTRL-W_<CR>*
 You can use CTRL-W <Enter> to open a new window and jump to the error there.
 
@@ -663,7 +684,7 @@ FileType event (also see |qf.vim|).  Then the BufReadPost event is triggered,
 using "quickfix" for the buffer name.  This can be used to perform some action
 on the listed errors.  Example: >
 	au BufReadPost quickfix  setlocal modifiable
-		\ | silent exe 'g/^/s//\=line(".")." "/'
+		\ | silent exe 'g/^/s//\=line(".") .. " "/'
 		\ | setlocal nomodifiable
 This prepends the line number to each line.  Note the use of "\=" in the
 substitute string of the ":s" command, which is used to evaluate an
@@ -692,13 +713,15 @@ this window, the displayed location list is used.
 When you select a file from the location list window, the following steps are
 used to find a window to edit the file:
 
-1. If a window with the location list displayed in the location list window is
-   present, then the file is opened in that window.
-2. If the above step fails and if the file is already opened in another
-   window, then that window is used.
-3. If the above step fails then an existing window showing a buffer with
-   'buftype' not set is used.
-4. If the above step fails, then the file is edited in a new window.
+1. If a non-quickfix window associated with the location list is present in
+   the current tabpage, then that window is used.
+2. If the above step fails and if the file is already opened in another window
+   in the current tabpage, then that window is used.
+3. If the above step fails and 'switchbuf' contains "usetab" and if the file
+   is opened in a window in any one of the tabpages, then that window is used.
+4. If the above step fails then a window in the current tabpage showing a
+   buffer with 'buftype' not set is used.
+5. If the above step fails, then the file is edited in a new window.
 
 In all of the above cases, if the location list for the selected window is not
 yet set, then it is set to the location list displayed in the location list
@@ -856,9 +879,9 @@ lists.  They set one of the existing error lists as the current one.
 						*:chistory* *:chi*
 :[count]chi[story]	Show the list of error lists.  The current list is
 			marked with ">".  The output looks like:
-				  error list 1 of 3; 43 errors ~
-				> error list 2 of 3; 0 errors ~
-				  error list 3 of 3; 15 errors ~
+			  error list 1 of 3; 43 errors   :make  ~
+			> error list 2 of 3; 0 errors    :helpgrep tag  ~
+			  error list 3 of 3; 15 errors   :grep ex_help *.c ~
 
 			When [count] is given, then the count'th quickfix
 			list is made the current list. Example: >
@@ -1037,7 +1060,7 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 			     matching is used to find matching lines. In this
 			     case, {pattern} is treated as a literal string
 			     instead of a regular expression.  See
-			     |fuzzy-match| for more information about fuzzy
+			     |fuzzy-matching| for more information about fuzzy
 			     matching strings.
 
 			|QuickFixCmdPre| and |QuickFixCmdPost| are triggered.
@@ -1385,12 +1408,17 @@ Basic items
 	%f		file name (finds a string)
 	%o		module name (finds a string)
 	%l		line number (finds a number)
+	%e		end line number (finds a number)
 	%c		column number (finds a number representing character
 			column of the error, byte index, a <tab> is 1
 			character column)
 	%v		virtual column number (finds a number representing
 			screen column of the error (1 <tab> == 8 screen
 			columns))
+	%k		end column number (finds a number representing
+			the character column of the error, byte index, or a
+			number representing screen end column of the error if
+			it's used with %v)
 	%t		error type (finds a single character):
 			    e - error message
 			    w - warning message

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Oct 17
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -635,6 +635,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'buflisted'	  'bl'	    whether the buffer shows up in the buffer list
 'buftype'	  'bt'	    special type of buffer
 'casemap'	  'cmp'     specifies how case of letters is changed
+'cdhome'	  'cdh'	    change directory to the home directory by ":cd"
 'cdpath'	  'cd'	    list of directories searched with ":cd"
 'cedit'			    key used to open the command-line window
 'charconvert'	  'ccv'     expression for character encoding conversion
@@ -642,6 +643,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'cinkeys'	  'cink'    keys that trigger indent when 'cindent' is set
 'cinoptions'	  'cino'    how to do indenting when 'cindent' is set
 'cinwords'	  'cinw'    words where 'si' and 'cin' add an indent
+'cinscopedecls'	  'cinsd'   words that are recognized by 'cino-g' 
 'clipboard'	  'cb'	    use the clipboard as the unnamed register
 'cmdheight'	  'ch'	    number of lines to use for the command-line
 'cmdwinheight'	  'cwh'     height of the command-line window
@@ -813,6 +815,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'mousefocus'	  'mousef'  keyboard focus follows the mouse
 'mousehide'	  'mh'	    hide mouse pointer while typing
 'mousemodel'	  'mousem'  changes meaning of mouse buttons
+'mousemoveevent'  'mousemev'  report mouse moves with <MouseMove>
 'mouseshape'	  'mouses'  shape of the mouse pointer in different modes
 'mousetime'	  'mouset'  max time between mouse double-click
 'mzquantum'	  'mzq'     the interval between polls for MzScheme threads
@@ -1009,6 +1012,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'writeany'	  'wa'	    write to file with no need for "!" override
 'writebackup'	  'wb'	    make a backup before overwriting a file
 'writedelay'	  'wd'	    delay this many msec for each char (for debug)
+'xtermcodes'		    request terminal codes from an xterm
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ur*		Undo/Redo commands
 
@@ -1346,7 +1350,7 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 |CTRL-W_^|	CTRL-W ^		split window and edit alternate file
 |CTRL-W_n|	CTRL-W n  or  :new	create new empty window
 |CTRL-W_q|	CTRL-W q  or  :q[uit]	quit editing and close window
-|CTRL-W_c|	CTRL-W c  or  :cl[ose]	make buffer hidden and close window
+|CTRL-W_c|	CTRL-W c  or  :clo[se]	make buffer hidden and close window
 |CTRL-W_o|	CTRL-W o  or  :on[ly]	make current window only one on the
 					   screen
 

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -120,6 +120,10 @@ when sending command to it.
 
 The --serverlist argument will cause Vim to print a list of registered command
 servers on the standard output (stdout) and exit.
+							*{server}*
+The {server} argument is used by several functions.  When this is an empty
+string then on Unix the default server name is used, which is "GVIM".  On
+MS-Windows an empty string does not work.
 
 Win32 Note: Making the Vim server go to the foreground doesn't always work,
 because MS-Windows doesn't allow it.  The client will move the server to the
@@ -143,7 +147,7 @@ You can not put options there!
 FUNCTIONS
 								*E240* *E573*
 There are a number of Vim functions for scripting the command server.  See
-the description in |eval.txt| or use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to
+the description in |builtin.txt| or use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to
 the full explanation.
 
     synopsis				     explanation ~

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Sep 09
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -197,6 +197,41 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 :so[urce] {file}	Read Ex commands from {file}.  These are commands that
 			start with a ":".
 			Triggers the |SourcePre| autocommand.
+
+:[range]so[urce] [++clear]
+			Read Ex commands from the [range] of lines in the
+			current buffer.
+
+			When sourcing commands from the current buffer, the
+			same script-ID |<SID>| is used even if the buffer is
+			sourced multiple times. If a buffer is sourced more
+			than once, then the functions in the buffer are
+			defined again.
+
+			To source a range of lines that doesn't start with the
+			|:vim9script| command in Vim9 script context, the
+			|:vim9cmd| modifier can be used.  If you use a Visual
+			selection and type ":", the range in the form "'<,'>"
+			can come before it: >
+				:'<,'>vim9cmd source
+<			Otherwise the range goes after the modifier and must
+			have a colon prefixed, like all Vim9 ranges: >
+				:vim9cmd :5,9source
+
+<			When a range of lines in a buffer is sourced in the
+			Vim9 script context, the previously defined
+			script-local variables and functions are not cleared.
+			This works like the range started with the
+			":vim9script noclear" command.  The "++clear" argument
+			can be used to clear the script-local variables and
+			functions before sourcing the script. This works like
+			the range started with the `:vim9script` command
+			without the "noclear" argument. See |vim9-reload| for
+			more information.
+			Examples: >
+				:4,5source
+				:10,18source ++clear
+
 							*:source!*
 :so[urce]! {file}	Read Vim commands from {file}.  These are commands
 			that are executed from Normal mode, like you type
@@ -354,7 +389,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 <
 
 :scriptv[ersion] {version}		*:scriptv* *:scriptversion*
-								*E999* *E984*
+							*E999* *E984* *E1040*
 			Specify the version of Vim for the lines that follow
 			in the same file.  Only applies at the toplevel of
 			sourced scripts, not inside functions.
@@ -367,8 +402,8 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 
 :vim9s[cript] [noclear]				*:vim9s* *:vim9script*
 			Marks a script file as containing |Vim9-script|
-			commands.  Also see |vim9-namespace|.
-			Must be the first command in the file.
+			commands.  Also see |vim9-namespace|. *E1038*
+			Must be the first command in the file. *E1039*
 			For [noclear] see |vim9-reload|.
 			Without the |+eval| feature this changes the syntax
 			for some commands.
@@ -377,8 +412,11 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 
 						*:scr* *:scriptnames*
 :scr[iptnames]		List all sourced script names, in the order they were
-			first sourced.  The number is used for the script ID
-			|<SID>|.
+			first encountered.  The number is used for the script
+			ID |<SID>|.
+			For a script that was used with `import autoload` but
+			was not actually sourced yet an "A" is shown after the
+			script ID.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
 			feature}
 
@@ -416,10 +454,10 @@ An alternative is to put the commands in a file, and execute them with the
 ':source!' command.  Useful for long command sequences.  Can be combined with
 the ':map' command to put complicated commands under a function key.
 
-The ':source' command reads Ex commands from a file line by line.  You will
-have to type any needed keyboard input.  The ':source!' command reads from a
-script file character by character, interpreting each character as if you
-typed it.
+The ':source' command reads Ex commands from a file or a buffer line by line.
+You will have to type any needed keyboard input.  The ':source!' command reads
+from a script file character by character, interpreting each character as if
+you typed it.
 
 Example: When you give the ":!ls" command you get the |hit-enter| prompt.  If
 you ':source' a file with the line "!ls" in it, you will have to type the
@@ -495,6 +533,9 @@ space at the end of a line is hard to see and may be accidentally deleted. >
 		\ "very long regexp"
 		\ keepend
 
+In |Vim9| script the backslash can often be omitted, but not always.
+See |vim9-line-continuation|.
+
 There is a problem with the ":append" and ":insert" commands: >
    :1append
    \asdf
@@ -792,6 +833,10 @@ won't be very helpful.
 
 There is a separate command-line history for debug mode.
 
+NOTE: In Vim9 script, if a command is written at the script level and
+continues on the next line, not using the old way with a backslash for line
+continuation, only the first line is printed before the debugging prompt.
+
 The line number for a function line is relative to the start of the function.
 If you have trouble figuring out where you are, edit the file that defines
 the function in another Vim, search for the start of the function and do
@@ -998,18 +1043,24 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 
 
 :prof[ile] start {fname}			*:prof* *:profile* *E750*
-		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit.
+		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit or when
+		a `:profile stop` or `:profile dump` command is invoked.
 		"~/" and environment variables in {fname} will be expanded.
 		If {fname} already exists it will be silently overwritten.
 		The variable |v:profiling| is set to one.
 
+:prof[ile] stop
+		Write the collected profiling information to the logfile and
+		stop profiling. You can use the `:profile start` command to
+		clear the profiling statistics and start profiling again.
+
 :prof[ile] pause
-		Don't profile until the following ":profile continue".  Can be
+		Don't profile until the following `:profile continue`.  Can be
 		used when doing something that should not be counted (e.g., an
 		external command).  Does not nest.
 
 :prof[ile] continue
-		Continue profiling after ":profile pause".
+		Continue profiling after `:profile pause`.
 
 :prof[ile] func {pattern}
 		Profile function that matches the pattern {pattern}.
@@ -1026,11 +1077,17 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 		after this command.  A :profile command in the script itself
 		won't work.
 
+:prof[ile] dump
+		Write the current state of profiling to the logfile
+		immediately.  After running this command, Vim continues to
+		collect the profiling statistics.
 
 :profd[el] ...						*:profd* *:profdel*
 		Stop profiling for the arguments specified. See |:breakdel|
-		for the arguments.
-
+		for the arguments. Examples: >
+			profdel func MyFunc
+			profdel file MyScript.vim
+			profdel here
 
 You must always start with a ":profile start fname" command.  The resulting
 file is written when Vim exits.  For example, to profile one specific

runtime/doc/rileft.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*rileft.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jun 13
+*rileft.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Avner Lottem
@@ -110,9 +110,6 @@ o  Does not support reverse insert and rightleft modes on the command-line.
 o  Somewhat slower in right-to-left mode, because right-to-left motion is
    emulated inside Vim, not by the controlling terminal.
 
-o  When the Athena GUI is used, the bottom scrollbar works in the wrong
-   direction.  This is difficult to fix.
-
 o  When both 'rightleft' and 'revins' are on: 'textwidth' does not work.
    Lines do not wrap at all; you just get a single, long line.
 

runtime/doc/scroll.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 13
+*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 May 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -237,31 +237,34 @@ it works depends on your system.  It might also work in an xterm
 |xterm-mouse-wheel|.  By default only vertical scroll wheels are supported,
 but some GUIs also support horizontal scroll wheels.
 
-For the Win32 GUI the scroll action is hard coded.  It works just like
-dragging the scrollbar of the current window.  How many lines are scrolled
-depends on your mouse driver.  If the scroll action causes input focus
-problems, see |intellimouse-wheel-problems|.
+On MS-Windows, if the scroll action causes input focus -problems, see
+|intellimouse-wheel-problems|.
 
-For the X11 GUIs (Motif, Athena and GTK) scrolling the wheel generates key
+For Win32 and the X11 GUIs (Motif and GTK) scrolling the wheel generates key
 presses <ScrollWheelUp>, <ScrollWheelDown>, <ScrollWheelLeft> and
 <ScrollWheelRight>.  For example, if you push the scroll wheel upwards a
 <ScrollWheelUp> key press is generated causing the window to scroll upwards
 (while the text is actually moving downwards).  The default action for these
 keys are:
-    <ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll three lines up	*<ScrollWheelUp>*
+    <ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll N lines up	        *<ScrollWheelUp>*
     <S-ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll one page up		*<S-ScrollWheelUp>*
     <C-ScrollWheelUp>	    scroll one page up		*<C-ScrollWheelUp>*
-    <ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll three lines down	*<ScrollWheelDown>*
+    <ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll N lines down	        *<ScrollWheelDown>*
     <S-ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll one page down	*<S-ScrollWheelDown>*
     <C-ScrollWheelDown>	    scroll one page down	*<C-ScrollWheelDown>*
-    <ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll six columns left	*<ScrollWheelLeft>*
+    <ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll N columns left	*<ScrollWheelLeft>*
     <S-ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll one page left	*<S-ScrollWheelLeft>*
     <C-ScrollWheelLeft>	    scroll one page left	*<C-ScrollWheelLeft>*
-    <ScrollWheelRight>	    scroll six columns right	*<ScrollWheelRight>*
+    <ScrollWheelRight>	    scroll N columns right	*<ScrollWheelRight>*
     <S-ScrollWheelRight>    scroll one page right	*<S-ScrollWheelRight>*
     <C-ScrollWheelRight>    scroll one page right	*<C-ScrollWheelRight>*
 This should work in all modes, except when editing the command line.
 
+The value of N depends on the system.  By default Vim scrolls three lines when
+moving vertically, and six columns when moving horizontally.  On MS-Windows
+the amount of lines and columns for each scroll action is taken from the
+system-wide settings.
+
 Note that horizontal scrolling only works if 'nowrap' is set.  Also, unless
 the "h" flag in 'guioptions' is set, the cursor moves to the longest visible
 line if the cursor line is about to be scrolled off the screen (similarly to

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Mar 07
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ precedence, otherwise the 'cursorline' highlighting.
 Here is an example that places a sign "piet", displayed with the text ">>", in
 line 23 of the current file: >
 	:sign define piet text=>> texthl=Search
-	:exe ":sign place 2 line=23 name=piet file=" . expand("%:p")
+	:exe ":sign place 2 line=23 name=piet file=" .. expand("%:p")
 
 And here is the command to delete it again: >
 	:sign unplace 2
@@ -140,6 +140,11 @@ See |sign_define()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
 		Highlighting group used for the whole line the sign is placed
 		in.  Most useful is defining a background color.
 
+	numhl={group}
+		Highlighting group used for the line number on the line where
+		the sign is placed.  Overrides |hl-LineNr|, |hl-LineNrAbove|,
+		|hl-LineNrBelow|, and |hl-CursorLineNr|.
+
 	text={text}						*E239*
 		Define the text that is displayed when there is no icon or the
 		GUI is not being used.  Only printable characters are allowed
@@ -148,6 +153,10 @@ See |sign_define()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
 	texthl={group}
 		Highlighting group used for the text item.
 
+	culhl={group}
+		Highlighting group used for the text item when the cursor is
+		on the same line as the sign and 'cursorline' is enabled.
+
 	Example: >
 		:sign define MySign text=>> texthl=Search linehl=DiffText
 <
@@ -173,13 +182,6 @@ See |sign_getdefined()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
 :sign list {name}
 		Lists one defined sign and its attributes.
 
-	culhl={group}
-		Highlighting group used for the text item when the cursor is
-		on the same line as the sign and 'cursorline' is enabled.
-
-	Example: >
-		:sign define MySign text=>> texthl=Search linehl=DiffText
-<
 
 PLACING SIGNS						*:sign-place* *E158*
 
@@ -399,6 +401,8 @@ sign_define({list})
 		   icon		full path to the bitmap file for the sign.
 		   linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
 				sign is placed in.
+		   numhl	highlight group used for the line number where
+				the sign is placed.
 		   text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
 				or the GUI is not being used.
 		   texthl	highlight group used for the text item
@@ -444,14 +448,18 @@ sign_getdefined([{name}])				*sign_getdefined()*
 		following entries:
 		   icon		full path to the bitmap file of the sign
 		   linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
-				sign is placed in.
+				sign is placed in; not present if not set
 		   name		name of the sign
+		   numhl	highlight group used for the line number where
+				the sign is placed; not present if not set
 		   text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
 				or the GUI is not being used.
-		   texthl	highlight group used for the text item
+		   texthl	highlight group used for the text item; not
+				present if not set
 		   culhl	highlight group used for the text item when
 				the cursor is on the same line as the sign and
-				'cursorline' is enabled.
+				'cursorline' is enabled; not present if not
+				set
 
 		Returns an empty List if there are no signs and when {name} is
 		not found.

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ zuG			Undo |zW| and |zG|, remove the word from the internal
 			rare as this is a fairly uncommon command and all
 			intuitive commands for this are already taken. If you
 			want you can add mappings with e.g.: >
-		nnoremap z?  :exe ':spellrare  ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
-		nnoremap z/  :exe ':spellrare! ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+		nnoremap z?  :exe ':spellrare  ' .. expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+		nnoremap z/  :exe ':spellrare! ' .. expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
 <			|:spellundo|, |zuw|, or |zuW| can be used to undo this.
 
 :spellr[rare]! {word}	Add {word} as a rare word to the internal word

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 May 08
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -256,6 +256,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		Interfaces, such as Python, Ruby and Lua, are also disabled,
 		since they could be used to execute shell commands.  Perl uses
 		the Safe module.
+		For Unix restricted mode is used when the last part of $SHELL
+		is "nologin" or "false".
 		Note that the user may still find a loophole to execute a
 		shell command, it has only been made difficult.
 
@@ -268,8 +270,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		started if possible.
 
 							*-e*
--e		Start Vim in Ex mode |Q|.  Only makes a difference when the
-		executable is not called "ex".
+-e		Start Vim in Ex mode, see |Ex-mode|.  Only makes a difference
+		when the executable is not called "ex".
 
 							*-E*
 -E		Start Vim in improved Ex mode |gQ|.  Only makes a difference
@@ -342,6 +344,12 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		Example: >
 			vim -V20vimlog foobar
 <
+--log {filename}					*--log*
+		Start logging and write entries to {filename}.
+		This works like calling `ch_logfile({filename}, 'a')` very
+		early during startup.
+		{only available with the +channel feature}
+
 							*-D*
 -D		Debugging.  Go to debugging mode when executing the first
 		command from a script. |debug-mode|
@@ -560,6 +568,9 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		":source!".  When the "scriptout" file already exists, new
 		characters are appended.  See also |complex-repeat|.
 		{scriptout} cannot start with a digit.
+		If you want to record what is typed in a human readable for
+		you can use |ch_logfile()|, It adds "raw key input" lines.
+		Also see |--log|.
 
 							*-W*
 -W {scriptout}	Like -w, but do not append, overwrite an existing file.
@@ -1374,7 +1385,7 @@ resulting file, when executed with a ":source" command:
 After restoring the Session, the full filename of your current Session is
 available in the internal variable "v:this_session" |this_session-variable|.
 An example mapping: >
-  :nmap <F2> :wa<Bar>exe "mksession! " . v:this_session<CR>:so ~/sessions/
+  :nmap <F2> :wa<Bar>exe "mksession! " .. v:this_session<CR>:so ~/sessions/
 This saves the current Session, and starts off the command to load another.
 
 A session includes all tab pages, unless "tabpages" was removed from

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 20
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 May 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -215,7 +215,8 @@ A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
 
 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
 and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*".  However, Vim does not give
-an error when using other characters.
+an error when using other characters.  The maximum length of a group name is
+about 200 bytes.  *E1249*
 
 To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
@@ -652,7 +653,7 @@ evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
 so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
 larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
 
-	:let g:html_id_expr = '"_".bufnr("%")'
+	:let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
 <
 To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
 
@@ -956,12 +957,16 @@ the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
 
 BASIC			*basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
 
-Both Visual Basic and "normal" basic use the extension ".bas".	To detect
+Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas".	To detect
 which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
 five lines of the file.  If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
 otherwise "vb".  Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
 Basic.
 
+If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
+example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
+   :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
+
 
 C							*c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
 
@@ -1442,7 +1447,7 @@ add the following line to your startup file: >
 
 	:let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
 
-Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension.  If the filetype is 
+Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension.  If the filetype is
 specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
 file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
 filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
@@ -1473,7 +1478,7 @@ The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
 
 	*.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
 
-Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is 
+Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
 specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
 file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
 filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
@@ -1532,6 +1537,22 @@ The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
 gvim display.  Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
 conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
 
+Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm".  To detect which one
+should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
+the file.  If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
+
+If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
+example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
+   :let filetype_frm = "form"
+
+
+FORTH						*forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
+
+Files matching "*.fs" could be F# or Forth.  If the automatic detection
+doesn't work for you, or you don't edit F# at all, use this in your
+startup vimrc: >
+   :let filetype_fs = "forth"
+
 
 FORTRAN					*fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
 
@@ -2176,6 +2197,15 @@ $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
   mv_finance	 mv_logic	mv_powseries
 
 
+MARKDOWN						*ft-markdown-syntax*
+
+If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting.  At the cost of
+slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
+the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
+
+	:let g:markdown_minlines = 500
+
+
 MATHEMATICA		*mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
 
 Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
@@ -3188,6 +3218,14 @@ buffer by buffer basis.
 For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
 
 
+SQUIRREL				*squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
+
+Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
+designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
+bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games.  Files
+with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
+
+
 TCSH						*tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
 
 This covers the shell named "tcsh".  It is a superset of csh.  See |csh.vim|
@@ -3578,8 +3616,8 @@ Do you want to draw with the mouse?  Try the following: >
    :function! GetPixel()
    :   let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
    :   echo c
-   :   exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r".c
-   :   exe "noremap <LeftDrag>	<LeftMouse>r".c
+   :   exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
+   :   exe "noremap <LeftDrag>	<LeftMouse>r" .. c
    :endfunction
    :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
    :set guicursor=n:hor20	   " to see the color beneath the cursor
@@ -3684,12 +3722,13 @@ DEFINING CASE						*:syn-case* *E390*
 	items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
 
 :sy[ntax] case
-	Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore" (translated).
+	Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
 
 
 DEFINING FOLDLEVEL					*:syn-foldlevel*
 
-:sy[ntax] foldlevel [start | minimum]
+:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
+:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
 	This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
 	foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
 
@@ -3702,13 +3741,16 @@ DEFINING FOLDLEVEL					*:syn-foldlevel*
 	may close and open horizontally within a line.
 
 :sy[ntax] foldlevel
-	Show either "syntax foldlevel start" or "syntax foldlevel minimum".
+	Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
+	"syntax foldlevel minimum".
 
 	{not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
 
 SPELL CHECKING						*:syn-spell*
 
-:sy[ntax] spell [toplevel | notoplevel | default]
+:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
+:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
+:sy[ntax] spell default
 	This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
 	in a syntax item:
 
@@ -3723,8 +3765,8 @@ SPELL CHECKING						*:syn-spell*
 	To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
 
 :sy[ntax] spell
-	Show either "syntax spell toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or
-	"syntax spell default" (translated).
+	Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
+	toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
 
 
 SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING				*:syn-iskeyword*
@@ -4323,7 +4365,7 @@ IMPLICIT CONCEAL					*:syn-conceal-implicit*
 	given explicitly.
 
 :sy[ntax] conceal
-	Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off" (translated).
+	Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. Syntax patterns				*:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
@@ -4419,7 +4461,7 @@ Leading context			*:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
 
 Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
 with previous Vim versions.  It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
-in the pattern.
+in the pattern.  You can also often use |/\zs|.
 
 The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
 be present, but is not considered part of the match.  An offset of "lc=n" will
@@ -4490,7 +4532,7 @@ it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
 changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
 first external sub-expression in the start pattern.  External references can
 also be used in skip patterns: >
-  :syn region foo start="start \(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
+  :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
 
 Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
 indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
@@ -4865,7 +4907,7 @@ in their own color.
 :hi[ghlight] {group-name}
 			List one highlight group.
 
-						*highlight-clear*
+						*highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
 :hi[ghlight] clear	Reset all highlighting to the defaults.  Removes all
 			highlighting for groups added by the user!
 			Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
@@ -4928,7 +4970,7 @@ the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
 					*inverse* *italic* *standout*
 					*nocombine* *strikethrough*
 term={attr-list}			*attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
-	attr-list is a comma separated list (without spaces) of the
+	attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
 	following items (in any order):
 		bold
 		underline
@@ -5112,7 +5154,7 @@ font={font-name}					*highlight-font*
 	When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
 	font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
 	used).
-	The following only works with Motif and Athena, not with other GUIs:
+	The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
 	When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
 	When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
 	changed.
@@ -5196,6 +5238,9 @@ These are the default highlighting groups.  These groups are used by the
 'highlight' option default.  Note that the highlighting depends on the value
 of 'background'.  You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
 command.
+When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors.  If this makes it
+unreadable use Visual selection.
+
 							*hl-ColorColumn*
 ColorColumn	used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'
 							*hl-Conceal*
@@ -5285,6 +5330,10 @@ QuickFixLine	Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
 							*hl-Search*
 Search		Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
 		Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
+							*hl-CurSearch*
+CurSearch	Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
+		Note: this is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
+		changes are made or the screen is redrawn. 
 							*hl-SpecialKey*
 SpecialKey	Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
 		to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
@@ -5349,7 +5398,7 @@ Menu		Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
 		Also used for the toolbar.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
+		NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
 		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
 		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
 		set.
@@ -5363,7 +5412,7 @@ Scrollbar	Current background and foreground of the main window's
 Tooltip		Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
+		NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
 		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
 		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
 		set.
@@ -5520,11 +5569,12 @@ WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
 memory Vim will consume.
 
 Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too.  For this you
-must use Exuberant ctags (found at http://ctags.sf.net).
+must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
+at http://ctags.sf.net).
 
 Put these lines in your Makefile:
 
-# Make a highlight file for types.  Requires Exuberant ctags and awk
+# Make a highlight file for types.  Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
 types: types.vim
 types.vim: *.[ch]
 	ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
@@ -5534,9 +5584,9 @@ types.vim: *.[ch]
 And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
 
    " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
-   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') . '/types.vim'
+   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
    autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
-   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch]   exe 'so ' . fname
+   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch]   exe 'so ' .. fname
    autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 14
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -143,7 +143,9 @@ something else.
 		    :tabclose 3	    " close the third tab page
 		    :tabclose $	    " close the last tab page
 		    :tabclose #     " close the last accessed tab page
-<
+
+When a tab is closed the next tab page will become the current one.
+
 							*:tabo* *:tabonly*
 :tabo[nly][!]	Close all other tab pages.
 		When the 'hidden' option is set, all buffers in closed windows
@@ -379,24 +381,24 @@ pages and define labels for them.  Then get the label for each tab page. >
 	  for i in range(tabpagenr('$'))
 	    " select the highlighting
 	    if i + 1 == tabpagenr()
-	      let s .= '%#TabLineSel#'
+	      let s ..= '%#TabLineSel#'
 	    else
-	      let s .= '%#TabLine#'
+	      let s ..= '%#TabLine#'
 	    endif
 
 	    " set the tab page number (for mouse clicks)
-	    let s .= '%' . (i + 1) . 'T'
+	    let s ..= '%' .. (i + 1) .. 'T'
 
 	    " the label is made by MyTabLabel()
-	    let s .= ' %{MyTabLabel(' . (i + 1) . ')} '
+	    let s ..= ' %{MyTabLabel(' .. (i + 1) .. ')} '
 	  endfor
 
 	  " after the last tab fill with TabLineFill and reset tab page nr
-	  let s .= '%#TabLineFill#%T'
+	  let s ..= '%#TabLineFill#%T'
 
 	  " right-align the label to close the current tab page
 	  if tabpagenr('$') > 1
-	    let s .= '%=%#TabLine#%999Xclose'
+	    let s ..= '%=%#TabLine#%999Xclose'
 	  endif
 
 	  return s
@@ -459,14 +461,14 @@ windows in the tab page and a '+' if there is a modified buffer: >
 	  " Append the number of windows in the tab page if more than one
 	  let wincount = tabpagewinnr(v:lnum, '$')
 	  if wincount > 1
-	    let label .= wincount
+	    let label ..= wincount
 	  endif
 	  if label != ''
-	    let label .= ' '
+	    let label ..= ' '
 	  endif
 
 	  " Append the buffer name
-	  return label . bufname(bufnrlist[tabpagewinnr(v:lnum) - 1])
+	  return label .. bufname(bufnrlist[tabpagewinnr(v:lnum) - 1])
 	endfunction
 
 	set guitablabel=%{GuiTabLabel()}

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -561,7 +561,8 @@ also works.  The <CR> and <NL> characters can never appear inside a line.
 
 The second format is new.  It includes additional information in optional
 fields at the end of each line.  It is backwards compatible with Vi.  It is
-only supported by new versions of ctags (such as Exuberant ctags).
+only supported by new versions of ctags (such as Universal ctags or Exuberant
+ctags).
 
 {tagname}	The identifier.  Normally the name of a function, but it can
 		be any identifier.  It cannot contain a <Tab>.
@@ -724,7 +725,7 @@ matches the pattern "^# *define" it is not considered to be a comment.
 If you want to list matches, and then select one to jump to, you could use a
 mapping to do that for you.  Here is an example: >
 
-  :map <F4> [I:let nr = input("Which one: ")<Bar>exe "normal " . nr ."[\t"<CR>
+  :map <F4> [I:let nr = input("Which one: ")<Bar>exe "normal " .. nr .. "[\t"<CR>
 <
 							*[i*
 [i			Display the first line that contains the keyword

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Aug 29
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -150,8 +150,10 @@ terminal that tmux is running in): >
         " Enable focus event tracking, see  :help xterm-focus-event
         let &t_fe = "\<Esc>[?1004h"
         let &t_fd = "\<Esc>[?1004l"
+	execute "set <FocusGained>=\<Esc>[I"
+        execute "set <FocusLost>=\<Esc>[O"
 
-        " Enable modified arrow keys, see  :help xterm-modifier-keys
+        " Enable modified arrow keys, see  :help arrow_modifiers
         execute "silent! set <xUp>=\<Esc>[@;*A"
         execute "silent! set <xDown>=\<Esc>[@;*B"
         execute "silent! set <xRight>=\<Esc>[@;*C"
@@ -252,7 +254,19 @@ another code.  That is to avoid that the codes obtained from xterm directly
 Another special value is a termcap entry ending in "@;*X".  This is for cursor
 keys, which either use "CSI X" or "CSI 1 ; modifier X".  Thus the "@"
 stands for either "1" if a modifier follows, or nothing.
-							*xterm-scroll-region*
+							*arrow_modifiers*
+Several terminal emulators (alacritty, gnome, konsole, etc.) send special
+codes for keys with modifiers, but these do not have an entry in the
+termcap/terminfo database.  You can make them work by adding a few lines in
+your vimrc.  For example, to make the Control modifier work with arrow keys
+for the gnome terminal: >
+	if &term =~ 'gnome'
+	   execute "set <xUp>=\<Esc>[@;*A"
+	   execute "set <xDown>=\<Esc>[@;*B"
+	   execute "set <xRight>=\<Esc>[@;*C"
+	   execute "set <xLeft>=\<Esc>[@;*D"
+	endif
+<							*xterm-scroll-region*
 The default termcap entry for xterm on Sun and other platforms does not
 contain the entry for scroll regions.  Add ":cs=\E[%i%d;%dr:" to the xterm
 entry in /etc/termcap and everything should work.
@@ -372,9 +386,10 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_SR	start replace mode (underline cursor shape)	*t_SR* *'t_SR'*
 	t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)	*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
 		|termcap-cursor-shape|
-	t_RV	request terminal version string (for xterm)	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
-		The response is stored in |v:termresponse|
-		|xterm-8bit| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+	t_RV	request terminal version string (works for	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
+		xterm and other terminal emulators)  The
+		response is stored in |v:termresponse| |xterm-8bit|
+		|'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
 		The response is stored in |v:termu7resp|
@@ -542,8 +557,15 @@ request the key codes directly from the xterm.  The responses are used to
 adjust the various t_ codes.  This avoids the problem that the xterm can
 produce different codes, depending on the mode it is in (8-bit, VT102,
 VT220, etc.).  The result is that codes like <xF1> are no longer needed.
-Note: This is only done on startup.  If the xterm options are changed after
-Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized anymore.
+
+One of the codes that can change is 't_Co', the number of colors.  This will
+trigger a redraw.  If this is a problem, reset the 'xtermcodes' option as
+early as possible: >
+	set noxtermcodes
+
+Note: Requesting the key codes is only done on startup.  If the xterm options
+are changed after Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized
+anymore.
 
 							*xterm-true-color*
 Vim supports using true colors in the terminal (taken from |highlight-guifg|
@@ -594,6 +616,8 @@ If your terminal does support this but Vim does not recognize the terminal,
 you may have to set the options yourself: >
 	let &t_fe = "\<Esc>[?1004h"
 	let &t_fd = "\<Esc>[?1004l"
+	execute "set <FocusGained>=\<Esc>[I"
+        execute "set <FocusLost>=\<Esc>[O"
 If this causes garbage to show when Vim starts up then it doesn't work.
 
 							*termcap-colors*
@@ -702,12 +726,12 @@ size is wrong you can use the 'lines' and 'columns' options to set the
 correct values.
 
 One command can be used to set the screen size:
-
 						*:mod* *:mode* *E359*
 :mod[e] [mode]
 
 Without argument this only detects the screen size and redraws the screen.
-[mode] was used on MS-DOS, but it doesn't work anymore.
+[mode] was used on MS-DOS, but it doesn't work anymore.  In |Vim9| this
+command is not supported.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Slow and fast terminals			*slow-fast-terminal*
@@ -810,7 +834,7 @@ select and copy the text to the system, then press Esc.
 Another way is to temporarily use ":sh" to run a shell, copy the text, then
 exit the shell.  'mouse' can remain set to "a" then.
 							*xterm-clipboard*
-In the Athena and Motif GUI versions, when running in a terminal and there is
+In the Motif GUI version, when running in a terminal and there is
 access to the X-server (DISPLAY is set), the copy and paste will behave like
 in the GUI.  If not, the middle mouse button will insert the unnamed register.
 In that case, here is how you copy and paste a piece of text:
@@ -961,7 +985,7 @@ an #if/#else/#endif block, the selection becomes linewise.
 For MS-Windows and xterm the time for double clicking can be set with the
 'mousetime' option.  For the other systems this time is defined outside of Vim.
 An example, for using a double click to jump to the tag under the cursor: >
-	:map <2-LeftMouse> :exe "tag ". expand("<cword>")<CR>
+	:map <2-LeftMouse> :exe "tag " .. expand("<cword>")<CR>
 
 Dragging the mouse with a double click (button-down, button-up, button-down
 and then drag) will result in whole words to be selected.  This continues

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 13
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ If the result is "1" you have it.
       Stepping through code			|termdebug-stepping|
       Inspecting variables			|termdebug-variables|
       Other commands				|termdebug-commands|
+      Events					|termdebug-events|
       Prompt mode				|termdebug-prompt|
       Communication				|termdebug-communication|
       Customizing				|termdebug-customizing|
@@ -673,7 +674,7 @@ term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
 
 term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
 		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a String with
-		a comma separated list of these items:
+		a comma-separated list of these items:
 			running		job is running
 			finished	job has finished
 			normal		in Terminal-Normal mode
@@ -978,8 +979,8 @@ Currently supported commands:
 <		Calls a function defined like this: >
 			function Tapi_Impression(bufnum, arglist)
 			  if len(a:arglist) == 2
-			    echomsg "impression " . a:arglist[0]
-			    echomsg "count " . a:arglist[1]
+			    echomsg "impression " .. a:arglist[0]
+			    echomsg "count " .. a:arglist[1]
 			  endif
 			endfunc
 <		Output from `:echo` may be erased by a redraw, use `:echomsg`
@@ -1177,7 +1178,7 @@ gdb window	A terminal window in which "gdb vim" is executed.  Here you
 program window	A terminal window for the executed program.  When "run" is
 		used in gdb the program I/O will happen in this window, so
 		that it does not interfere with controlling gdb.  The buffer
-		name is "gdb program".
+		name is "debugged program".
 
 The current window is used to show the source code.  When gdb pauses the
 source file location will be displayed, if possible.  A sign is used to
@@ -1284,6 +1285,8 @@ Put focus on the gdb window to type commands there.  Some common ones are:
 - next		execute the current line and stop at the next line
 - step		execute the current line and stop at the next statement,
 		entering functions
+- until		execute until past the current cursor line or past a specified
+		position or the current stack frame returns
 - finish	execute until leaving the current function
 - where		show the stack
 - frame N	go to the Nth stack frame
@@ -1302,6 +1305,7 @@ gdb:
 
  *:Step*	execute the gdb "step" command
  *:Over*	execute the gdb "next" command (`:Next` is a Vim command)
+ *:Until*	execute the gdb "until" command
  *:Finish*	execute the gdb "finish" command
  *:Continue*	execute the gdb "continue" command
  *:Stop*	interrupt the program
@@ -1428,6 +1432,8 @@ GDB command						*termdebug-customizing*
 To change the name of the gdb command, set the "g:termdebugger" variable before
 invoking `:Termdebug`: >
 	let g:termdebugger = "mygdb"
+If the command needs an argument use a List: >
+	let g:termdebugger = ['rr', 'replay', '--']
 <							*gdb-version*
 Only debuggers fully compatible with gdb will work.  Vim uses the GDB/MI
 interface.  The "new-ui" command  requires gdb version 7.12 or later.  if you

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Aug 15
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -65,7 +65,9 @@ test_garbagecollect_now()			 *test_garbagecollect_now()*
 		Like garbagecollect(), but executed right away.  This must
 		only be called directly to avoid any structure to exist
 		internally, and |v:testing| must have been set before calling
-		any function.
+		any function.   *E1142*
+		This will not work when called from a :def function, because
+		variables on the stack will be freed.
 
 
 test_garbagecollect_soon()			 *test_garbagecollect_soon()*
@@ -81,46 +83,119 @@ test_getvalue({name})					*test_getvalue()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetName()->test_getvalue()
 <
-						*test_gui_drop_files()*
-test_gui_drop_files({list}, {row}, {col}, {mods})
-		Drop one or more files in {list} in the window at {row}, {col}.
-		This function only works when the GUI is running and the
-		|drop_file| feature is present.
+						*test_gui_event()*
+test_gui_event({event}, {args})
+		Generate a GUI {event} with arguments {args} for testing Vim
+		functionality. This function works only when the GUI is
+		running.
 
-		The supported values for {mods} are:
-			0x4	Shift
-			0x8	Alt
-			0x10	Ctrl
-		The files are added to the |argument-list| and the first file
-		in {list} is edited in the window.  See |drag-n-drop| for more
-		information.
+		{event} is a String and the supported values are:
+		    "dropfiles"	drop one or more files in a window.
+		    "findrepl"  search and replace text
+		    "mouse"	mouse button click event.
+		    "scrollbar" move or drag the scrollbar
+		    "tabline"	select a tab page by mouse click.
+		    "tabmenu"	select a tabline menu entry.
 
-						*test_gui_mouse_event()*
-test_gui_mouse_event({button}, {row}, {col}, {multiclick}, {modifiers})
-		Inject a mouse button click event.  This function only works
-		when the GUI is running.
-		The supported values for {button} are:
-			0	right mouse button
-			1	middle mouse button
-			2	left mouse button
-			3	mouse button release
-			4	scroll wheel down
-			5	scroll wheel up
-			6	scroll wheel left
-			7	scroll wheel right
-		{row} and {col} specify the location of the mouse click. The
-		first row of the Vim window is 1 and the last row is 'lines'.
-		The maximum value of {col} is 'columns'.
-		To inject a multiclick event, set {multiclick} to 1.
-		The supported values for {modifiers} are:
-			4	shift is pressed
-			8	alt is pressed
-			16	ctrl is pressed
-		After injecting the mouse event you probably should call
+		{args} is a Dict and contains the arguments for the event.
+
+		"dropfiles":
+		  Drop one or more files in a specified window.  The supported
+		  items in {args} are:
+		    files:	List of file names
+		    row:	window row number
+		    col:	window column number
+		    modifiers:	key modifiers. The supported values are:
+				    0x4	Shift
+				    0x8	Alt
+				   0x10	Ctrl
+		  The files are added to the |argument-list| and the first
+		  file in {files} is edited in the window.  See |drag-n-drop|
+		  for more information.  This event works only when the
+		  |drop_file| feature is present.
+
+		"findrepl":
+		  {only available when the GUI has a find/replace dialog}
+		  Perform a search and replace of text.  The supported items
+		  in {args} are:
+		    find_text:	string to find.
+		    repl_text:	replacement string
+		    flags:	flags controlling the find/replace. Supported
+				values are:
+				    1	search next string (find dialog)
+				    2	search next string (replace dialog)
+				    3	replace string once
+				    4	replace all matches
+				    8	match whole words only
+				   16	match case
+		    forward:	set to 1 for forward search.
+
+		"mouse":
+		  Inject either a mouse button click, or a mouse move, event.
+		  The supported items in {args} are:
+		    button:	mouse button.  The supported values are:
+				    0	right mouse button
+				    1	middle mouse button
+				    2	left mouse button
+				    3	mouse button release
+				    4	scroll wheel down
+				    5	scroll wheel up
+				    6	scroll wheel left
+				    7	scroll wheel right
+		    row:	mouse click row number.  The first row of the
+				Vim window is 1 and the last row is 'lines'.
+		    col:	mouse click column number.  The maximum value
+				of {col} is 'columns'.
+		    multiclick:	set to 1 to inject a multiclick mouse event.
+		    modifiers:	key modifiers.  The supported values are:
+				    4	shift is pressed
+				    8	alt is pressed
+				   16	ctrl is pressed
+		    move:	Optional; if used and TRUE then a mouse move
+			        event can be generated.
+				Only {args} row: and col: are used and
+				required; they are interpreted as pixels.
+				Only results in an event when 'mousemoveevent'
+				is set or a popup uses mouse move events.
+
+		"scrollbar":
+		  Set or drag the left, right or horizontal scrollbar.  Only
+		  works when the scrollbar actually exists.  The supported
+		  items in {args} are:
+		    which:	scrollbar. The supported values are:
+				    left  Left scrollbar of the current window
+				    right Right scrollbar of the current window
+				    hor   Horizontal scrollbar
+		    value:	amount to scroll.  For the vertical scrollbars
+				the value can be 1 to the line-count of the
+				buffer.  For the horizontal scrollbar the
+				value can be between 1 and the maximum line
+				length, assuming 'wrap' is not set.
+		    dragging:	1 to drag the scrollbar and 0 to click in the
+				scrollbar.
+
+		"tabline":
+		  Inject a mouse click event on the tabline to select a
+		  tabpage. The supported items in {args} are:
+		    tabnr:	tab page number
+
+		"tabmenu":
+		  Inject an event to select a tabline menu entry. The
+		  supported items in {args} are:
+		    tabnr:	tab page number
+		    item: 	tab page menu item number. 1 for the first
+				menu item, 2 for the second item and so on.
+
+		After injecting the GUI events you probably should call
 		|feedkeys()| to have them processed, e.g.: >
 			call feedkeys("y", 'Lx!')
+<
+		Returns TRUE if the event is successfully added, FALSE if
+		there is a failure.
 
-
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetEvent()->test_gui_event({args})
+<
 test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
 		Ignore any error containing {expr}.  A normal message is given
 		instead.
@@ -187,24 +262,28 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 		to run tests. Only to be used for testing Vim!
 		The override is enabled when {val} is non-zero and removed
 		when {val} is zero.
-		Current supported values for name are:
+		Current supported values for {name} are:
 
-		name	     effect when {val} is non-zero ~
-		redraw       disable the redrawing() function
-		redraw_flag  ignore the RedrawingDisabled flag
+		{name}	     effect when {val} is non-zero ~
+		autoload     `import autoload` will load the script right
+			     away, not postponed until an item is used
 		char_avail   disable the char_avail() function
-		starting     reset the "starting" variable, see below
 		nfa_fail     makes the NFA regexp engine fail to force a
 			     fallback to the old engine
 		no_query_mouse  do not query the mouse position for "dec"
 				terminals
 		no_wait_return	set the "no_wait_return" flag.  Not restored
 				with "ALL".
-		ui_delay     time in msec to use in ui_delay(); overrules a
-			     wait time of up to 3 seconds for messages
+		redraw       disable the redrawing() function
+		redraw_flag  ignore the RedrawingDisabled flag
+		starting     reset the "starting" variable, see below
 		term_props   reset all terminal properties when the version
 			     string is detected
+		ui_delay     time in msec to use in ui_delay(); overrules a
+			     wait time of up to 3 seconds for messages
 		uptime 	     overrules sysinfo.uptime
+		vterm_title  setting the window title by a job running in a
+			     terminal window
 		ALL	     clear all overrides ({val} is not used)
 
 		"starting" is to be used when a test should behave like
@@ -230,27 +309,6 @@ test_refcount({expr})					*test_refcount()*
 			GetVarname()->test_refcount()
 
 
-test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})		*test_scrollbar()*
-		Pretend using scrollbar {which} to move it to position
-		{value}.  {which} can be:
-			left	Left scrollbar of the current window
-			right	Right scrollbar of the current window
-			hor	Horizontal scrollbar
-
-		For the vertical scrollbars {value} can be 1 to the
-		line-count of the buffer.  For the horizontal scrollbar the
-		{value} can be between 1 and the maximum line length, assuming
-		'wrap' is not set.
-
-		When {dragging} is non-zero it's like dragging the scrollbar,
-		otherwise it's like clicking in the scrollbar.
-		Only works when the {which} scrollbar actually exists,
-		obviously only when using the GUI.
-
-		Can also be used as a |method|: >
-			GetValue()->test_scrollbar('right', 0)
-
-
 test_setmouse({row}, {col})				*test_setmouse()*
 		Set the mouse position to be used for the next mouse action.
 		{row} and {col} are one based.
@@ -347,7 +405,7 @@ assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])
 		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
 		NOT produce an error or when {error} is not found in the
 		error message.  Also see |assert-return|.
-
+							*E856*
 		When {error} is a string it must be found literally in the
 		first reported error. Most often this will be the error code,
 		including the colon, e.g. "E123:". >
@@ -367,12 +425,12 @@ assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])
 <
 		If {msg} is empty then it is not used.  Do this to get the
 		default message when passing the {lnum} argument.
-
+							*E1115*
 		When {lnum} is present and not negative, and the {error}
 		argument is present and matches, then this is compared with
 		the line number at which the error was reported. That can be
 		the line number in a function or in a script.
-
+							*E1116*
 		When {context} is present it is used as a pattern and matched
 		against the context (script name or function name) where
 		{lnum} is located in.

runtime/doc/tips.txt

@@ -101,14 +101,14 @@ What you need:
   create it with the shell command "mkid file1 file2 ..".
 
 Put this in your .vimrc: >
-	map _u :call ID_search()<Bar>execute "/\\<" . g:word . "\\>"<CR>
-	map _n :n<Bar>execute "/\\<" . g:word . "\\>"<CR>
+	map _u :call ID_search()<Bar>execute "/\\<" .. g:word .. "\\>"<CR>
+	map _n :n<Bar>execute "/\\<" .. g:word .. "\\>"<CR>
 
 	function! ID_search()
 	  let g:word = expand("<cword>")
-	  let x = system("lid --key=none ". g:word)
+	  let x = system("lid --key=none " .. g:word)
 	  let x = substitute(x, "\n", " ", "g")
-	  execute "next " . x
+	  execute "next " .. x
 	endfun
 
 To use it, place the cursor on a word, type "_u" and vim will load the file
@@ -356,13 +356,13 @@ This mapping will format any bullet list.  It requires that there is an empty
 line above and below each list entry.  The expression commands are used to
 be able to give comments to the parts of the mapping. >
 
-	:let m =     ":map _f  :set ai<CR>"    " need 'autoindent' set
-	:let m = m . "{O<Esc>"		      " add empty line above item
-	:let m = m . "}{)^W"		      " move to text after bullet
-	:let m = m . "i     <CR>     <Esc>"    " add space for indent
-	:let m = m . "gq}"		      " format text after the bullet
-	:let m = m . "{dd"		      " remove the empty line
-	:let m = m . "5lDJ"		      " put text after bullet
+	:let m =     ":map _f  :set ai<CR>"   " need 'autoindent' set
+	:let m ..= "{O<Esc>"		      " add empty line above item
+	:let m ..= "}{)^W"		      " move to text after bullet
+	:let m ..= "i     <CR>     <Esc>"     " add space for indent
+	:let m ..= "gq}"		      " format text after the bullet
+	:let m ..= "{dd"		      " remove the empty line
+	:let m ..= "5lDJ"		      " put text after bullet
 	:execute m			      |" define the mapping
 
 (<> notation |<>|.  Note that this is all typed literally.  ^W is "^" "W", not
@@ -514,15 +514,15 @@ A slightly more advanced version is used in the |matchparen| plugin.
 	    let c = '\['
 	    let c2 = '\]'
 	  endif
-	  let s_skip ='synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") ' .
+	  let s_skip ='synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") ' ..
 		\ '=~?	"string\\|comment"'
 	  execute 'if' s_skip '| let s_skip = 0 | endif'
 
 	  let [m_lnum, m_col] = searchpairpos(c, '', c2, s_flags, s_skip)
 
 	  if m_lnum > 0 && m_lnum >= line('w0') && m_lnum <= line('w$')
-	    exe 'match Search /\(\%' . c_lnum . 'l\%' . c_col .
-		  \ 'c\)\|\(\%' . m_lnum . 'l\%' . m_col . 'c\)/'
+	    exe 'match Search /\(\%' .. c_lnum .. 'l\%' .. c_col ..
+		  \ 'c\)\|\(\%' .. m_lnum .. 'l\%' .. m_col .. 'c\)/'
 	    let s:paren_hl_on = 1
 	  endif
 	endfunction

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 08
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ Vim is Charityware.  You can use and copy it as much as you like, but you are
 encouraged to make a donation for needy children in Uganda.  Please see |kcc|
 below or visit the ICCF web site, available at these URLs:
 
-	http://iccf-holland.org/
-	http://www.vim.org/iccf/
-	http://www.iccf.nl/
+	https://iccf-holland.org/
+	https://www.vim.org/iccf/
+	https://www.iccf.nl/
 
 You can also sponsor the development of Vim.  Vim sponsors can vote for
 features.  See |sponsor|.  The money goes to Uganda anyway.
@@ -133,11 +133,12 @@ Kibaale Children's Centre		*kcc* *Kibaale*  *charity*
 Kibaale Children's Centre (KCC) is located in Kibaale, a small town in the
 south of Uganda, near Tanzania, in East Africa.  The area is known as Rakai
 District.  The population is mostly farmers.  Although people are poor, there
-is enough food.  But this district is suffering from AIDS more than any other
-part of the world.  Some say that it started there.  Estimations are that 10
-to 30% of the Ugandans are infected with HIV.  Because parents die, there are
-many orphans.  In this district about 60,000 children have lost one or both
-parents, out of a population of 350,000.  And this is still continuing.
+usually is enough food.  But this district is suffering from AIDS more than
+any other part of the world.  Some say that it started there.  Estimations are
+that in the past 10 to 30% of the Ugandans are infected with HIV.  Because
+parents die, there are many orphans.  In this district about 60,000 children
+have lost one or both parents, out of a population of 350,000.  Although AIDS
+is now mostly under control, the problems are still continuing.
 
 The children need a lot of help.  The KCC is working hard to provide the needy
 with food, medical care and education.  Food and medical care to keep them
@@ -169,10 +170,11 @@ households are stimulated to build a proper latrine.  I helped setting up a
 production site for cement slabs.  These are used to build a good latrine.
 They are sold below cost price.
 
-There is a small clinic at the project, which provides children and their
-family with medical help.  When needed, transport to a hospital is offered.
-Immunization programs are carried out and help is provided when an epidemic is
-breaking out (measles and cholera have been a problem).
+There is a clinic at the project, which provides children and their family
+medical help.  Since 2020 a maternity ward was added and 24/7 service is
+available.  When needed, transport to a hospital is offered.  Immunization
+programs are carried out and help is provided when an epidemic is breaking out
+(measles and cholera have been a problem).
 							*donate*
 Summer 1994 to summer 1995 I spent a whole year at the centre, working as a
 volunteer.  I have helped to expand the centre and worked in the area of water
@@ -214,44 +216,29 @@ Check the ICCF web site for the latest information!  See |iccf| for the URL.
 
 
 USA:		The methods mentioned below can be used.
-		Sending a check to the Nehemiah Group Outreach Society (NGOS)
-		is no longer possible, unfortunately. We are looking for
-		another way to get you an IRS tax receipt.
-		For sponsoring a child contact KCF in Canada (see below). US
-		checks can be sent to them to lower banking costs.
+		If you must send a check send it to our Canadian partner:
+		https://www.kuwasha.net/
 
-Canada:		Contact Kibaale Children's Fund (KCF) in Surrey, Canada.  They
-		take care of the Canadian sponsors for the children in
-		Kibaale.  KCF forwards 100% of the money to the project in
-		Uganda.  You can send them a one time donation directly.
+Canada:		Contact Kuwasha in Surrey, Canada.  They take care of the
+		Canadian sponsors for the children in Kibaale.  Kuwasha
+		forwards 100% of the money to the project in Uganda.  You can
+		send them a one time donation directly.
 		Please send me a note so that I know what has been donated
-		because of Vim.  Ask KCF for information about sponsorship.
-			Kibaale Children's Fund c/o Pacific Academy
-			10238-168 Street
-			Surrey, B.C. V4N 1Z4
-			Canada
-			Phone: 604-581-5353
-		If you make a donation to Kibaale Children's Fund (KCF) you
-		will receive a tax receipt which can be submitted with your
-		tax return.
+		because of Vim.  Look on their site for information about
+		sponsorship: https://www.kuwasha.net/
+		If you make a donation to Kuwasha you will receive a tax
+		receipt which can be submitted with your tax return.
 
-Holland:	Transfer to the account of "Stichting ICCF Holland" in Lisse.
-		This will allow for tax deduction if you live in Holland.
-			Postbank, nr. 4548774
-			IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
+Holland:	Transfer to the account of "Stichting ICCF Holland" in
+		Amersfoort.  This will allow for tax deduction if you live in
+		Holland.  ING bank, IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
 
 Germany:	It is possible to make donations that allow for a tax return.
 		Check the ICCF web site for the latest information:
-			http://iccf-holland.org/germany.html
+			https://iccf-holland.org/germany.html
 
-World:		Use a postal money order.  That should be possible from any
-		country, mostly from the post office.  Use this name (which is
-		in my passport): "Abraham Moolenaar".  Use Euro for the
-		currency if possible.
-
-Europe:		Use a bank transfer if possible.  Your bank should have a form
-		that you can use for this.  See "Others" below for the swift
-		code and IBAN number.
+Europe:		Use a bank transfer if possible.  See "Others" below for the
+		swift code and IBAN number.
 		Any other method should work.  Ask for information about
 		sponsorship.
 
@@ -261,28 +248,12 @@ Credit Card:	You can use PayPal to send money with a Credit card.  This is
 		    https://www.paypal.com/en_US/mrb/pal=XAC62PML3GF8Q
 		The e-mail address for sending the money to is:
 		    Bram@iccf-holland.org
-		For amounts above 400 Euro ($500) sending a check is
-		preferred.
 
-Others:		Transfer to one of these accounts if possible:
-		    Postbank, account 4548774
-				Swift code: INGB NL 2A
-				IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
-			under the name "stichting ICCF Holland", Lisse
-		    If that doesn't work:
-		    Rabobank Lisse, account 3765.05.117
-				Swift code: RABO NL 2U
-			under the name "Bram Moolenaar", Lisse
-		Otherwise, send a check in euro or US dollars to the address
-		below.  Minimal amount: $70 (my bank does not accept smaller
-		amounts for foreign check, sorry)
+Others:		Transfer to this account if possible:
+		    ING bank: 	IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
+				Swift code: INGBNL2A
+		    under the name "stichting ICCF Holland", Amersfoort
+		Checks are not accepted.
 
-Address to send checks to:
-			Bram Moolenaar
-			Finsterruetihof 1
-			8134 Adliswil
-			Switzerland
-
-This address is expected to be valid for a long time.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -286,12 +286,12 @@ history file.  E.g.: >
 	au BufReadPost * call ReadUndo()
 	au BufWritePost * call WriteUndo()
 	func ReadUndo()
-	  if filereadable(expand('%:h'). '/UNDO/' . expand('%:t'))
+	  if filereadable(expand('%:h') .. '/UNDO/' .. expand('%:t'))
 	    rundo %:h/UNDO/%:t
 	  endif
 	endfunc
 	func WriteUndo()
-	  let dirname = expand('%:h') . '/UNDO'
+	  let dirname = expand('%:h') .. '/UNDO'
 	  if !isdirectory(dirname)
 	    call mkdir(dirname)
 	  endif

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ line break.  Revert with ":iunmap <C-U>".
 Enable using the mouse if available.  See 'mouse'.
 
 >
-	vnoremap _g y:exe "grep /" . escape(@", '\\/') . "/ *.c *.h"<CR>
+	vnoremap _g y:exe "grep /" .. escape(@", '\\/') .. "/ *.c *.h"<CR>
 
 This mapping yanks the visually selected text and searches for it in C files.
 You can see that a mapping can be used to do quite complicated things.  Still,

runtime/doc/usr_06.txt

@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ You can specify #rrggbb hex colors and you can define new names for hex
 colors in |v:colornames| like so: >
 
 	let v:colornames['mine_red'] = '#aa0000'
-<
+
 If you are authoring a color scheme for others to use, it is important
 to define these colors only when they do not exist: >
 
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ to define these colors only when they do not exist: >
 
 This allows users of the color scheme to override the precise definition of
 that color prior to loading your color scheme. For example, in a |.vimrc|
-file:
+file: >
 
 	runtime colors/lists/css_colors.vim
 	let v:colornames['your_red'] = v:colornames['css_red']

runtime/doc/usr_29.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_29.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*usr_29.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 13
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -33,10 +33,12 @@ following command: >
 	ctags *.c
 
 "ctags" is a separate program.  Most Unix systems already have it installed.
-If you do not have it yet, you can find Exuberant ctags here:
-
+If you do not have it yet, you can find Universal/Exuberant ctags at:
+	http://ctags.io ~
 	http://ctags.sf.net ~
 
+Universal ctags is preferred, Exuberant ctags is no longer being developed.
+
 Now when you are in Vim and you want to go to a function definition, you can
 jump to it by using the following command: >
 
@@ -142,15 +144,15 @@ ONE TAGS FILE
 When Vim has to search many places for tags files, you can hear the disk
 rattling.  It may get a bit slow.  In that case it's better to spend this
 time while generating one big tags file.  You might do this overnight.
-   This requires the Exuberant ctags program, mentioned above.  It offers an
-argument to search a whole directory tree: >
+   This requires the Universal or Exuberant ctags program, mentioned above.
+It offers an argument to search a whole directory tree: >
 
 	cd ~/proj
 	ctags -R .
 
-The nice thing about this is that Exuberant ctags recognizes various file
-types.  Thus this doesn't work just for C and C++ programs, also for Eiffel
-and even Vim scripts.  See the ctags documentation to tune this.
+The nice thing about this is that Universal/Exuberant ctags recognizes various
+file types.  Thus this doesn't work just for C and C++ programs, also for
+Eiffel and even Vim scripts.  See the ctags documentation to tune this.
    Now you only need to tell Vim where your big tags file is: >
 
 	:set tags=~/proj/tags
@@ -232,7 +234,8 @@ A TAGS BROWSER
 Since CTRL-] takes you to the definition of the identifier under the cursor,
 you can use a list of identifier names as a table of contents.  Here is an
 example.
-   First create a list of identifiers (this requires Exuberant ctags): >
+   First create a list of identifiers (this requires Universal or Exuberant
+ctags): >
 
 	ctags --c-types=f -f functions *.c
 

runtime/doc/usr_40.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_40.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 02
+*usr_40.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 03
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt|
 ==============================================================================
 *40.1*	Key mapping
 
-A simple mapping was explained in section |05.3|.  The principle is that one
+A simple mapping was explained in section |05.4|.  The principle is that one
 sequence of key strokes is translated into another sequence of key strokes.
 This is a simple, yet powerful mechanism.
    The simplest form is that one key is mapped to a sequence of keys.  Since

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Sep 06
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 :[range]P[rint] [count] [flags]
 			Just as ":print".  Was apparently added to Vi for
 			people that keep the shift key pressed too long...
+			This command is not supported in |Vim9| script.
 			Note: A user command can overrule this command.
 			See |ex-flags| for [flags].
 
@@ -244,10 +245,10 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			compiler will have set stdin to a non-interactive
 			mode.
 
-							*:!cmd* *:!* *E34*
+							*:!cmd* *:!*
 :!{cmd}			Execute {cmd} with the shell.  See also the 'shell'
 			and 'shelltype' option.
-
+							*E34*
 			Any '!' in {cmd} is replaced with the previous
 			external command (see also 'cpoptions').  But not when
 			there is a backslash before the '!', then that
@@ -267,7 +268,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			name does not contain a single quote: >
 				:!ls '%'
 <			This should always work, but it's more typing: >
-				:exe "!ls " . shellescape(expand("%"))
+				:exe "!ls " .. shellescape(expand("%"))
 <			To get a literal "%" or "#" prepend it with a
 			backslash.  For example, to list all files starting
 			with "%": >
@@ -369,7 +370,7 @@ N  *+digraphs*		|digraphs| *E196*
    *+dnd*		Support for DnD into the "~ register |quote_~|.
 B  *+emacs_tags*	|emacs-tags| files
 N  *+eval*		expression evaluation |eval.txt|
-N  *+ex_extra*		always on now, used to be for Vim's extra Ex commands
+T  *+ex_extra*		always on now, used to be for Vim's extra Ex commands
 N  *+extra_search*	|'hlsearch'| and |'incsearch'| options.
 -  *+farsi*		Removed: |farsi| language
 N  *+file_in_path*	|gf|, |CTRL-W_f| and |<cfile>|
@@ -380,7 +381,7 @@ N  *+folding*		|folding|
    *+fork*		Unix only: |fork| shell commands
    *+float*		Floating point support
 N  *+gettext*		message translations |multi-lang|
-   *+GUI_Athena*	Unix only: Athena |GUI|
+-  *+GUI_Athena*	Unix only: Athena |GUI|
    *+GUI_neXtaw*	Unix only: neXtaw |GUI|
    *+GUI_GTK*		Unix only: GTK+ |GUI|
    *+GUI_Motif*		Unix only: Motif |GUI|
@@ -391,7 +392,7 @@ m  *+hangul_input*	Hangul input support |hangul|
 T  *+insert_expand*	|insert_expand| Insert mode completion
 m  *+ipv6*		Support for IPv6 networking |channel|
 m  *+job*		starting and stopping jobs |job|
-S  *+jumplist*		|jumplist|
+T  *+jumplist*		|jumplist|; Always enabled since 8.2.3795
 B  *+keymap*		|'keymap'|
 N  *+lambda*		|lambda| and |closure|
 B  *+langmap*		|'langmap'|
@@ -410,6 +411,7 @@ T  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
 N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
+m  *+mouse_gpm/dyn*	Same as |+mouse_gpm| with optional library dependency |/dyn|
 N  *+mouse_jsbterm*	JSB mouse handling |jsbterm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
@@ -423,8 +425,8 @@ N  *+multi_lang*	non-English language support |multi-lang|
 m  *+mzscheme*		Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|
 m  *+mzscheme/dyn*	Mzscheme interface |mzscheme-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+netbeans_intg*	|netbeans|
-   *+num64*		64-bit Number support |Number|
-   			Always enabled since 8.2.0271, use v:numbersize to
+T  *+num64*		64-bit Number support |Number|
+			Always enabled since 8.2.0271, use v:numbersize to
 			check the actual size of a Number.
 m  *+ole*		Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
 N  *+packages*		Loading |packages|
@@ -471,15 +473,16 @@ N  *+textobjects*	|text-objects| selection
 N  *+textprop*		|text-properties|
    *+tgetent*		non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
 N  *+timers*		the |timer_start()| function
-N  *+title*		Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'
+T  *+title*		Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'; Always enabled
 N  *+toolbar*		|gui-toolbar|
 T  *+user_commands*	User-defined commands. |user-commands|
 			Always enabled since 8.1.1210.
 B  *+vartabs*		Variable-width tabstops. |'vartabstop'|
-N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
-   *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|; Always enabled
+T  *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|; Always enabled
 			since 8.0.1118.
-N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'| Always enabled since 8.1.826.
+T  *+vim9script*	|Vim9| script
+N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
+T  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'| Always enabled since 8.1.826.
 T  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode| Always enabled since 7.4.200.
 T  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 T  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
@@ -548,37 +551,40 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			backward compatibility, the ">" after the register
 			name can be omitted.
 :redi[r] @">>		Append messages to the unnamed register.
-
-:redi[r] => {var}	Redirect messages to a variable.  If the variable
-			doesn't exist, then it is created.  If the variable
-			exists, then it is initialized to an empty string.
+							*E1092*
+:redi[r] => {var}	Redirect messages to a variable.
+			In legacy script: If the variable doesn't exist, then
+			it is created.  If the variable exists, then it is
+			initialized to an empty string.  After the redirection
+			starts, if the variable is removed or locked or the
+			variable type is changed, then further command output
+			messages will cause errors.
+			In Vim9 script: the variable must have been declared
+			as a string.
 			The variable will remain empty until redirection ends.
-			Only string variables can be used.  After the
-			redirection starts, if the variable is removed or
-			locked or the variable type is changed, then further
-			command output messages will cause errors.
+			Only string variables can be used.
 			To get the output of one command the |execute()|
 			function can be used instead of redirection.
 
 :redi[r] =>> {var}	Append messages to an existing variable.  Only string
 			variables can be used.
-
+								 *E1185*
 :redi[r] END		End redirecting messages.
 
 							*:filt* *:filter*
-:filt[er][!] {pat} {command}
-:filt[er][!] /{pat}/ {command}
+:filt[er][!] {pattern} {command}
+:filt[er][!] /{pattern}/ {command}
 			Restrict the output of {command} to lines matching
-			with {pat}.  For example, to list only xml files: >
+			with {pattern}.  For example, to list only xml files: >
 				:filter /\.xml$/ oldfiles
 <			If the [!] is given, restrict the output of {command}
-			to lines that do NOT match {pat}.
+			to lines that do NOT match {pattern}.
 
-			{pat} is a Vim search pattern.  Instead of enclosing
+			{pattern} is a Vim search pattern.  Instead of enclosing
 			it in / any non-ID character (see |'isident'|) can be
-			used, so long as it does not appear in {pat}.  Without
-			the enclosing character the pattern cannot include the
-			bar character. 'ignorecase' is not used.
+			used, so long as it does not appear in {pattern}.
+			Without the enclosing character the pattern cannot
+			include the bar character. 'ignorecase' is not used.
 
 			The pattern is matched against the relevant part of
 			the output, not necessarily the whole line. Only some
@@ -598,7 +604,7 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			   |:oldfiles|   - filter by file name
 			   |:registers|  - filter by register contents
 					   (does not work multi-line)
-			   |:set|        - filter by variable name
+			   |:set|        - filter by option name
 
 			Only normal messages are filtered, error messages are
 			not.
@@ -645,7 +651,7 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			used.  In this example |:silent| is used to avoid the
 			message about reading the file and |:unsilent| to be
 			able to list the first line of each file. >
-    		:silent argdo unsilent echo expand('%') . ": " . getline(1)
+		:silent argdo unsilent echo expand('%') .. ": " .. getline(1)
 <
 
 						*:verb* *:verbose*

runtime/doc/version5.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version5.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Apr 05
+*version5.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@ regexp character classes (for fast syntax highlight matching):
 
 ":set" now accepts "+=", |^=" and "-=": add or remove parts of a string
 option, add or subtract a number from a number option.  A comma is
-automagically inserted or deleted for options that are a comma separated list.
+automagically inserted or deleted for options that are a comma-separated list.
 
 Filetype feature, for autocommands.  Uses a file type instead of a pattern to
 match a file.  Currently only used for RISC OS.  (Leonard)

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Apr 05
+*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -12447,7 +12447,7 @@ Solution:   Make sure ".out" files are deleted when they get in the way.  Add
 Files:	    src/Make_bc5.mak, src/testdir/Make_dos.mak
 
 Patch 6.2.381
-Problem:    Setting 'fileencoding' to a comma separated list (confusing it
+Problem:    Setting 'fileencoding' to a comma-separated list (confusing it
 	    with 'fileencodings') does not result in an error message.
 	    Setting 'fileencoding' in an empty file marks it as modified.
 	    There is no "+" in the title after setting 'fileencoding'.

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -14965,7 +14965,7 @@ Solution:   Adjust autoconf. (lilydjwg)
 Files:	    src/configure.in, src/auto/configure
 
 Patch 7.3.806
-Problem:    Compiler warnings in Perl code when building with Visual studio
+Problem:    Compiler warnings in Perl code when building with Visual Studio
 	    2012. (skeept)
 Solution:   Add type casts. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 30)
 Files:	    src/if_perl.xs

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 21
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ Graphical User Interface (GUI).				|gui|
 	Included support for GUI: menu's, mouse, scrollbars, etc.  You can
 	define your own menus.  Better support for CTRL/SHIFT/ALT keys in
 	combination with special keys and mouse.  Supported for various
-	platforms, such as X11 (with Motif and Athena interfaces), GTK, Win32
-	(Windows XP and later), Amiga and Macintosh.
+	platforms, such as X11 with Motif, GTK, Win32 (Windows XP and later),
+	Amiga and Macintosh.
 
 Multiple windows and buffers.				|windows.txt|
 	Vim can split the screen into several windows, each editing a

runtime/doc/vim-ja.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH VIM 1 "2006 Apr 11"
+.TH VIM 1 "2021 Jun 13"
 .SH 名前
 vim \- Vi IMproved, プログラマのテキストエディタ
 .SH 書式
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Note: "+" と "\-c" は合わせて 10 個まで指定できます。
 .TP
 \-d
 差分モードで起動します。
-二つか三つの四つのファイルを引数に指定してください。
+2 個から 8 個のファイルを引数に指定してください。
 指定されたファイルが開かれ、それらのファイルの差分が表示されます。
 vimdiff(1) と同様の動作です。
 .TP
@@ -217,8 +217,7 @@ GUI がサポートされている場合は、GUI で起動します。
 サポートされていない場合はエラーメッセージを表示して終了します。
 .TP
 \-i {viminfo}
-viminfo ファイルを使う設定になっている場合は、初期設定の "~/.viminfo"
-の代わりに、指定されたファイルを設定します。
+初期設定の "~/.viminfo" の代わりに、viminfo ファイルを読み書きする際に使うファイル名を指定します。
 "NONE" を指定すると、.viminfo ファイルを使わないように設定できます。
 .TP
 \-L
@@ -356,6 +355,10 @@ X サーバーと通信しません。端末での起動時間を短くできま
 これ以降の引数はすべてファイル名として扱われます。
 ファイル名が '\-' で始まっているファイルを開くときに使ってください。
 .TP
+\-\-clean
+一切の個人設定 (vimrc、プラグイン、その他) を使用しません。
+ある問題がクリーンな Vim セットアップで再現するかを確認するのに有用です。
+.TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
 GTK GUI のみ: Window ID を標準出力に出力します。
 .TP
@@ -398,6 +401,9 @@ Vim サーバーの一覧を表示します。
 \-\-socketid {id}
 GTK GUI のみ: GtkPlug メカニズムを使って gvim を別のウィンドウの中で実行します。
 .TP
+\-\-startuptime {file}
+起動処理の間、経過時間のメッセージをファイル {fname} に書き出します。
+.TP
 \-\-version
 バージョン情報を表示して終了します。
 .SH オンラインヘルプ

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH VIM 1 "2006 Apr 11"
+.TH VIM 1 "2021 Jun 13"
 .SH NAME
 vim \- Vi IMproved, a programmer's text editor
 .SH SYNOPSIS